2017 KIA Cadenza User Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-

cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you

with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can

be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a

result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-

ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer

knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-

nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-

ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-

tion.

Because subsequent owners require this important information

as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is

sold.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-

nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-

plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual

that provides important information on all warranties regarding

your vehicle.

We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the

recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation

of your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features

for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment

described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,

may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manual

were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to

discontinue or change specifications or design at any time

without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you

have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.

We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring

pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors

America, Inc.

Printed in Korea

Foreword

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol. . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest

possible driving pleasure from your

vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can

assist you in many ways. We strong-

ly recommend that you read the

entire manual. In order to minimize

the chance of death or injury, you

must read the WARNING and CAU-

TION sections in the manual.

Illustrations complement the words

in this manual to best explain how to

enjoy your vehicle. By reading your

manual, you will learn about fea-

tures, important safety information,

and driving tips under various road

conditions.

The general layout of the manual is

provided in the Table of Contents.

Use the index when looking for a

specific area or subject; it has an

alphabetical listing of all information

in your manual.

Sections:This manual has eight sec-

tions plus an index. Each section

begins with a brief list of contents so

you can tell at a glance if that section

has the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this

manual.These WARNINGs were pre-

pared to enhance your personal safe-

ty.You should carefully read and follow

ALL procedures and recommenda-

tions provided in these WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽

NOTICE

A NOTICE indicates interesting or

helpful information is being provided.

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having a pump

octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87

(Research Octane Number 91) or

higher. (Do not use methanol blend-

ed fuels.)

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-

mize exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaning

agents to the fuel tank other than

what has been specified.(Consult an

authorized Kia dealer for details.)

• Tighten the cap until it clicks one

time, otherwise the Check Engine

light will illuminate.

WARNING

A WARNING indicates a situa-

tion in which harm,serious bod-

ily injury or death could result if

the warning is ignored.

CAUTION

A CAUTION indicates a situation

in which damage to your vehicle

could result if the caution is

ignored.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

Gasoline containing alcohol and

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and

ethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-

taining methanol (also known as

wood alcohol) are being marketed

along with or instead of leaded or

unleaded gasoline.

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol

may be used in your vehicle.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 15% ethanol, and do not use

gasoline or gasohol containing any

methanol. Ethanol provides less

energy than gasoline and it attracts

water, and it is thus likely to reduce

your fuel efficiency and could lower

your MPG results.

Methanol may cause drivability prob-

lems and damage to the fuel system,

engine control system and emission

control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or drivability prob-

lems may not be covered by the

manufacturer’s warranty if they result

from the use of:

1. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.

2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

3.Gasohol containing more than

15% ethanol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15

percent gasoline, and is manufac-

tured exclusively for use in Flexible

Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-

ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”

may result in poor engine perform-

ance and damage to your vehicle's

engine and fuel system. Kia recom-

mends that customers do not use

fuel with an ethanol content exceed-

ing 15%.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty

does not cover damage to the fuel sys-

tem or any performance problems

caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never use any fuel containing

methanol. Discontinue use of any

methanol containing product which

may inhibit proper drivability.

WARNING - Refueling

• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off.

Attempts to force more fuel

into the tank can cause fuel

overflow onto you and the

ground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage, especially

in the event of an accident.

Introduction

Other fuels

Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),

MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene

(Fe), and Other metalic additives,

may cause vehicle and engine dam-

age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-

ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-

ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,

life cycle reduction, etc.

Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or per-

formance problem caused by the use

of these fuels may not be covered by

your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful man-

ganese-based fuel additives Such as

MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl

Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not

recommend the use of gasoline con-

taining MMT. This type of fuel can

reduce vehicle performance and affect

your emission control system. The

Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the

cluster may come on.

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-

hol) should not be used in your vehicle.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle

performance and damage components

of the fuel system, engine control sys-

tem and emission control system.

Fuel Additives

Kia recommends that you use good

quality gasolines treated with deter-

gent additives such as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-

vent deposit formation in the engine.

These gasolines will help the engine

run cleaner and enhance performance

of the Emission Control System. For

more information on TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, please go to the

website (www.toptiergas.com)

For customers who do not use TOP

TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,

and have problems starting or the

engine does not run smoothly, addi-

tives that you can buy separately may

be added to the gasoline.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not

available, one bottle of additive should

be added to the fuel tank at every

7,500miles or every engine oil change

is recommended. Additives are avail-

able from your authorized Kia dealer

along with information on how to use

them. Do not mix other additives.

Introduction

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is need-

ed.By following a few simple precau-

tions for the first 600 miles (1,000

km) you may add to the perform-

ance, economy and life of your vehi-

cle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) between 2,000 rpm and

4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast or

slow. Varying engine speed is

needed to properly break-in the

engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first

1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-

tion.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN

PROCESS

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an

event data recorder (EDR). The

main purpose of an EDR is to

record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an

air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist

in understanding how a vehicle's

systems performed. The EDR is

designed to record data related to

vehicle dynamics and safety sys-

tems for a short period of time,

typically 30 seconds or less. The

EDR in this vehicle is designed to

record such data as:

• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were

buckled/ fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-

ing.

These data can help provide a bet-

ter understanding of the circum-

stances in which crashes and

injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by

the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data

(e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as

law enforcement, could combine

the EDR data with the type of per-

sonally identifying data routinely

acquired during a crash investiga-

tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,

special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is

needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have the

special equipment, can read the

information if they have access to

the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood.....................................................4-35

2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)..4-107

Head lamp (Maintenance)....................7-75

3. Front fog lamp

(Features of your vehicle)...................4-111

Front fog lamp (Maintenance)...............7-75

4.Wheel and tire (Maintenance) ..............7-43

Wheel and tire (Specification) ................8-4

5. Outside rearview mirror........................4-61

6. Panorama sunroof................................4-41

7. Front windshield wiper blades

(Features of your vehicle)...................4-113

Front windshield wiper blades

(Maintenance).......................................7-36

8.Windows ...............................................4-31

OYG016001N

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Door......................................................4-16

2. Fuel filler lid ..........................................4-37

3. Rear combination lamp

(Maintenance).......................................7-75

4. High mounted stop lamp

(Maintenance).......................................7-75

5.Trunk lid.......................................4-20, 4-27

6. Antenna ..............................................4-154

7. Rearview camera................................4-104

Surround view monitoring system......4-105

8. Rear parking assist system................4-100

OYG016002

■ Rear view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button.........................4-17

2. Power window switches ........................4-31

3. Central door lock switch........................4-18

4. Power window lock button.....................4-34

5. Outside rearview mirror control switch..4-62

6. Outside rearview mirror folding button..4-63

7. Fuel filler lid release button...................4-37

8.Trunk lid release button................4-20, 4-21

9. ESC OFF button ...................................5-31

10. Instrument panel illumination

control switch ......................................4-65

11. BSD On/OFF button............................5-76

12. Lane departure warning system

button................................................4-105

13. Steering wheel....................................4-47

14. Steering wheel tilt control....................4-48

15. Inner fuse panel..................................7-58

16. Brake pedal.........................................5-17

17. Parking brake pedal............................5-19

18. Hood release lever..............................4-35

19. Seat.......................................................3-4

OYG016003N

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls............4-155

2. Driver`s front air bag.............................3-54

3. Horn......................................................4-51

4. Instrument cluster.................................4-64

5.Wiper/Washer .....................................4-113

6. Engine start/stop button .........................5-6

7. Cruise control..............................5-49, 5-53

8. Audio...................................................4-154

9. Hazard warning flasher switch................6-2

10. Climate control system.....................4-122

11. Shift lever............................................5-10

12. Seat warmer /

Air ventilation switch..............4-142, 4-144

13. Heated steering wheel button.............4-50

14. Drive mode control button..................5-68

15. Electronic parking brake(EPB) switch...5-20

16. AUTO HOLD control button................5-26

17. Surround view monitoring system ....4-105

18. Rear curtain button...........................4-151

19.Wireless smart phone charging

system ..............................................4-146

20. Power outlet......................................4-145

21. AUX, USB port..................................4-156

22. Center console box...........................4-140

23. Glove box..........................................4-140

24. Passenger`s front air bag...................3-54

OYG016004N

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OYG076002

1. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-26

2. Engine oil filler cap............................7-24

3. Brake fluid reservoir ..........................7-29

4. Air cleaner .........................................7-32

5. Fuse box............................................7-58

6. Negative battery terminal..................7-40

7. Positive battery terminal....................7-40

8. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-24

9. Radiator cap......................................7-26

10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-30

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Always wear your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

• Keep your vehicle in safe condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

• Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-10

• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

• Seatback pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

• Seat belt precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

• Care of seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Child restraint system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

• Children Always in the Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-29

• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-32

Air bag - advanced supplemental

restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

• How does the air bag system operate? . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56

• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

• Adding equipment to or modifying your

air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Safety features of your vehicle

You will find many safety precautions

and recommendations throughout

this section, and throughout this man-

ual.The safety precautions in this sec-

tion are among the most important.

Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air

bags, ALWAYS make sure you and

your passengers wear your seat

belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants

and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air bag hazards

While air bags can save lives, they

can also cause serious or fatal

injuries to occupants who sit too

close to them, or who are not prop-

erly restrained. Infants, young chil-

dren, and shorter adults are at the

greatest risk of being injured by an

inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-

tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe-

cially for inexperienced drivers.

Safety should be the first concern

when behind the wheel and drivers

need to be aware of the wide array of

potential distractions, such as drowsi-

ness, reaching for objects, eating,

personal grooming, other passen-

gers, and using cellular phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention off

the road or their hands off the wheel

to focus on activities other than driv-

ing.To reduce your risk of distraction

or getting into an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile

devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,

navigation units, etc.) when your

vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Safety features of your vehicle

• ONLY use your mobile device

when allowed by laws and when

conditions permit safe use.NEVER

text or email while driving. Most

states have laws prohibiting drivers

from texting. Some states and

cities also prohibit drivers from

using handheld phones.

• NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.

You have a responsibility to your

passengers and others on the road

to always drive safely, with your

hands on the wheel as well as your

eyes and attention on the road.

Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater the

risk, but serious injuries can also

occur at lower speeds. Never drive

faster than is safe for current condi-

tions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe con-

dition

Having a tire blowout or a mechani-

cal failure can be extremely haz-

ardous. To reduce the possibility of

such problems, check your tire pres-

sures and condition frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver`s seat

(1) Driver position memory system*

(2) Forward and backward

(3) Seat back angle

(4) Seat cushion height

(5) Lumbar support*

(6) Cushion extension*

(7) Head rest

Front Passenger`s seat

(8) Forward and backward

(9) Seat back angle

(10) Seat cushion height*

(11) Lumbar support*

(12) Head rest

Rear seat

(13) Armrest

(14) Ski-pass through

(15) Head rest

* : if equipped

SEAT

OYG036093N

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Uprighting

seat

Do not press the release lever

on a manual seatback without

holding and controlling the

seatback. The seatback will

spring upright possibly impact-

ing you or other passengers.

WARNING - Loose

objects

Do not place anything in the dri-

ver's foot well or under the front

seats. Loose objects in the dri-

ver's foot area could interfere

with the operation of the foot

pedals.

WARNING - Driver respon-

sibility for passengers

The driver must advise the pas-

sengers to keep the seatback in

an upright position whenever

the vehicle is in motion. If a seat

is reclined during an accident,

the restraint system's ability to

restrain will be greatly reduced.

1KMN3662

WARNING - Seat cushion

Occupants should never sit on

aftermarket seat cushions or sit-

ting cushions. The passenger's

hips may slide under the lap por-

tion of the seat belt during an

accident or a sudden stop.

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-

ing. This could result in loss

of control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position

of the seatback. Storing items

against the seatback could

result in serious or fatal injury

in a sudden stop or collision.

• Sit as far back as possible from

the steering wheel while still

maintaining comfortable con-

trol of the your vehicle. A dis-

tance of at least 10" from your

chest to the steering wheel is

recommended. Failure to do so

can result in air bag inflation

injuries to the driver.

WARNING - Unexpected

Seat Movement

After adjusting a manual seat,

always check that it is locked by

shifting your weight to the front

and back. Sudden or unexpect-

ed movement of the driver's

seat could cause you to lose

control of the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks

Always lock the rear seatback

before driving. Failure to do so

could result in passengers or

objects being thrown forward

injuring vehicle occupants.

WARNING - Luggage and

Cargo

Do not stack pile or stack lug-

gage or cargo higher than the

seatback in the cargo area.In an

accident the cargo could strike

and injury a passenger. If

objects are large, heavy or must

be piled, they must be secured

in the cargo area.

WARNING - Cargo Area

Do not allow passengers to ride

in the cargo area under any cir-

cumstance. The cargo area is

solely for the purpose of trans-

porting luggage or cargo.

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - power

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located on

the outside of the seat cushion.

Before driving, adjust the seat to the

proper position so you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, pedals and

switches on the instrument panel.

When in operation, the power seat-

consumes a large amount of electri-

cal power. To prevent unnecessary

system drain, don’t adjust the power

seat longer than necessary while the

engine is not running.

WARNING - Seat

adjustment

• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving the

seat forward will cause strong

pressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand near

the seat bottom or seat track

while adjusting the seat. Your

hand could get caught in the

seat mechanism.

WARNING - Small

Objects

Use extreme caution when pick-

ing up small objects trapped

under the seats or between the

seat and the center console.

Your hands might be cut or

injured by the sharp edges of

the seats mechanism.

WARNING - Unattended

children

Do not leave children unattend-

ed in the vehicle.Children might

operate features of the vehicle

that could injure them.

CAUTION - Power seat

adjustments

The power seating controls

function by electronic motor.

Excessive operation may cause

damage to the electrical equip-

ment.

CAUTION - Power Seating

Do not operate two or more

power seat control switches at

the same time. Doing so may

damage the power seat motor or

electrical components.

Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seat to the

desired position. When the control

switch is operated forward, the seat

cushion is slightly raised, and the

seat cushion lowered when the

switch is operated backward.

Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Cushion extension

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

To move the front part of cushion for-

ward:

1.Push the front part of control

switch to move the seat cushion to

the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired length.

To move the front part of cushion

rearward:

1.Push the rear part of control

switch to move the seat cushion to

the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired

length.

OYG036006

OYG036007

Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seatback to

the desired angle. Release the

switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Seat height

Pull the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or press down to

lower the front part of the seat cush-

ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or press down

to lower the seat cushion. Release

the switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support

switch on the side of the seat.

Type A (for driver's seat & passen-

ger's seat)

1.Press the front portion of the

switch to increase support, or the

rear portion of the switch, to

decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

OYG036008 OYG036009 OYG036010

Safety features of your vehicle

103

Type B (for driver's seat)

1.Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support, or

the rear portion of the switch (2),

to decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

3. Press the upper portion (3) of the

switch to move the support posi-

tion up, or press the lower portion

(4) of the switch, to move the sup-

port position down.

4. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

Driver position memory system

(if equipped, for power seat)

A driver position memory system is

provided to store and recall the driv-

er seat and outside rearview mirror

position with a simple button opera-

tion. By saving the desired position

into the system memory, different

drivers can reposition the driver seat

based upon their driving preference.

If the battery is disconnected, the

desired seat position memory will

need to be re-saved.

OYG036011

OYG036026

WARNING - Driver

Position Memory System

Never attempt to operate the

driver position memory system

while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident causing

death or serious injury.

311

Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory

using the buttons on the door

Storing driver’s seat positions

1. Shift the shift lever into P while the

engine start/stop button is ON.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-

side rearview mirror comfortable

for the driver.

3. Press SET button on the control

panel.The system will beep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after

pressing the SET button.The sys-

tem will beep twice when memory

has been successfully stored.

When recalling an adjustment mem-

ory button while sitting in the vehicle,

you can be surprised by the setting

chosen if the memory has been

adjusted by someone else. If that

occurs, immediately push the seat

position control knob in the direction

of the desired position to stop further

undesired movement.

Recalling positions from memory

1. Shift the shift lever into P while the

engine start/stop button is ON.

2.To recall the position in the memo-

ry, press the desired memory but-

ton (1 or 2). The system will beep

once, then the driver’s seat will

automatically adjust to the stored

position.

Adjusting the control switch for the

driver’s seat while the system is

recalling the stored position will

cause the movement to stop and

move in the direction that the control

switch is moved.

Easy access function (if equipped)

The system will move the driver's

seat automatically as follows:

• With smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the OFF

position.

- It will move the driver’s seat for-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the ACC or

START position.

- It will move the driver's seat for-

ward when you get in your vehicle

with the smart key after closing

the driver's door.

You can activate or deactivate this

feature. Refer to "User settings" in

chapter 4.

Safety features of your vehicle

123

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with a headrest

for the occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for the driver and front passenger,

but also helps protect the head and

neck in the event of a rear collision.

For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest should

be adjusted so the middle of the

headrest is at the same height of the

center of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravity

of most people's head is similar with

the height of the top of their eyes.

Also, adjust the headrest as close to

your head as possible. For this rea-

son, the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) on the headrest support

and lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

WARNING - Headrest

removal/adjustment

• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.

Headrests can provide critical

neck and head support in a

crash.

• Do not adjust the headrest

height while the vehicle is in

motion. Driver may lose con-

trol of the vehicle.

OMG038400

CAUTION

Excessive pulling or pushing

may damage the headrest.

OYG036013

313

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you recline the seatback towards

the front with the headrest and seat

cushion raised, the headrest may

come in contact with the sunvisor or

other parts of the vehicle.

Removal and reinstallation

To remove the headrest:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).

2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3. Press the headrest release button

(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

To reinstall the headrest :

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the release

button (1) or switch(1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with the

recline lever or switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-

priate height.

OYG036015

OYFH034205

WARNING - Headrest

Removal

NEVER allow anyone to ride in a

seat with the headrest removed.

Headrests can provide critical

neck and head support in a

crash.

OYG036017

WARNING - Headrest

Reinstallation

To reduce the risk of injury to

the head or neck, always make

sure the headrest is locked into

position and adjusted properly

after reinstalling.

Safety features of your vehicle

143

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front passenger’s and

driver’s seatbacks.

Rear seat adjustment

Headrest

The rear seat is equipped with head-

rests in all the seating positions for

the occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for passengers, but also helps

protect the head and neck in the

event of a collision.

For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest should

be adjusted so the middle of the

headrest is at the same height of the

center of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravity

of most people's heads is similar with

the height as the top of their eyes.

Also, adjust the headrest as close to

your head as possible. For this rea-

son, the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

OYG036019

WARNING - Seatback

pockets

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure vehicle occupants.

OMG038401

315

Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down

(if equipped)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) on the headrest support

and lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Removal and reinstallation

(if equipped)

To remove the headrest, raise it as

far as it can go then press the

release button (1) while pulling the

headrest upward (2).

To reinstall the headrest, put the

headrest poles (3) into the holes

while pressing the release button (1).

Then adjust it to the appropriate

height and ensure that it locks in

position.

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback.

OYG036020

OYG036021

OYG036022

Safety features of your vehicle

163

Cup holder and multi box (if equipped)

To use the cup holder, lift the cover

up (2).

Carrying long/narrow cargo

(if equipped)

Additional cargo space is provided to

accommodate long/narrow cargo

(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-

erly in the trunk when closed.

1. Pull the armrest down.

2. Pull the cover down while pushing

the release lever down.

OYG036024

OYG036025

CAUTION

Be careful when loading cargo

through the rear passenger

seats to prevent damage to the

vehicle interior.

CAUTION

Damaging rear seat belt

buckles

When you fold the rear seat-

back, insert the buckle between

the rear seatback and cushion.

Doing so can prevent the buckle

from being damaged by the rear

seatback.

317

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, the

transaxle is in P (Park) and the

parking brake is securely applied

whenever loading or unloading

cargo.Failure to take these steps

may allow the vehicle to move if

the shift lever is inadvertently

moved to another position.

WARNING - Objects

Objects carried on the folded

down seatback should not extend

higher than the top of the front

seatbacks.This could allow cargo

to slide forward and cause injury

or damage during sudden stops.

WARNING - Cargo

Cargo should always be

secured to prevent it from being

thrown about the vehicle in a

collision and causing injury to

the vehicle occupants. Do not

place objects in the rear seats,

since they cannot be properly

secured and may hit the front

seat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Folded

Seatback

The purpose of the middle fold-

down rear seatbacks is to allow

you to carry longer objects than

could not otherwise be accom-

modated.

• Never allow a passenger to sit

on top of the folded down

seatback while the car is mov-

ing. This is not a proper seat-

ing position since no seat

belts are available for use.

• To reduce the risk of injury

caused by sliding cargo within

the passenger compartment

of the vehicle, objects carried

on the folded down seatback

should not extend higher than

the top of the front seats.

Safety features of your vehicle

183

SEAT BELTS

Seat belt restraint system

• For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, the seat belts must always

be used whenever the vehicle is

moving. A properly positioned

shoulder belt should be positioned

midway over your shoulder across

your collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in the

front passenger seat. See child

restraint system section for further

discussion.

Seat belts are designed to bear upon

the bony structure of the body, and

should be worn low across the front

of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as

applicable;wearing the lap section of

the belt across the abdominal area

must be avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted as

firmly as possible, consistent with

comfort, to provide the protection for

which they have been designed.

A slack belt will greatly reduce the

protection afforded to the wearer.

Care should be taken to avoid con-

tamination of the webbing with pol-

ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-

ularly battery acid. Cleaning may

safely be carried out using mild soap

and water. The belt should be

replaced if webbing becomes frayed,

contaminated or damaged.

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user which

would either prevent the seat belt

adjusting devices from operating to

remove slack, or prevent the seat

belt assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

WARNING - Damaged

seat belt

Replace the entire seat belt

assembly if any part of the web-

bing or hardware is damaged as

you can no longer be sure that a

damaged seat belt will provide

protection in a crash.

WARNING - Twisted seat

belt

Make sure your seat belt is not

twisted when worn. A twisted

seat belt may not properly pro-

tect you in an accident and

could even cut into your body.

WARNING - Shoulder Belt

• Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind

your back. An improperly

positioned shoulder belt can-

not protect the occupant in a

crash.

• Always wear both the shoul-

der portion and lap portion of

the lap/shoulder belt.

319

Safety features of your vehicle

• When you fasten the seat belt, be

careful not to latch the seat belt in

buckles of other seat. It's very dan-

gerous and you may not be pro-

tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt and

do not fasten and unfasten the seat

belt repeatedly while driving. This

could result in loss of control, and

an accident causing death, serious

injury, or property damage.

• When fastening the seat belt,

make sure that the seat belt does

not pass over objects that are hard

or can break easily.

Seat belt warning

Driver’s seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat

belt warning light and chime will acti-

vate for approximately 6 seconds

each time you when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in ON position

regardless of belt fastening.

If the vehicle is moving at or faster

than 6 mph (9 km/h) without the driv-

er seatbelt fastened, the warning

light will stay on.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 12mph

(20km/h) the seat belt warning light

and chime will activate for approxi-

mately 100 seconds and the corre-

sponding warning light will blink.

When the seatbelt is unfastened

after it has been fastened, if the vehi-

cle is going at less than 12 mph (20

km/h), the warning light will illumi-

nate, and if the vehicle is moving at

or faster than 12mph (20km/h), the

warning light will flash and warning

chime will sound for more than 100

seconds.

WARNING - Seat belt

buckle

Do not allow foreign material

(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to

obstruct the seat belt buckle.

This may prevent the seat belt

from fastening securely.

1GQA2083

Safety features of your vehicle

203

Front passenger's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the front passenger,

the front passenger’s seat belt warn-

ing lights will illuminate for approxi-

mately 6 seconds each time when

the Engine Start/Stop button is in ON

position regardless of belt fastening.

If the vehicle is moving at or faster

than 6 mph (9 km/h) without the driv-

er seatbelt fastened, the warning

light will stay on.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 12mph

(20km/h) the seat belt warning light

and chime will activate for approxi-

mately 100 seconds and the corre-

sponding warning light will blink.

When the seatbelt is unfastened

after it has been fastened, if the vehi-

cle is going at less than 12 mph

(20km/h), the warning light will illumi-

nate, and if the vehicle is moving at

or faster than 12mph(20km/h), the

warning light will flash and warning

chime will sound for more than 100

seconds.

Lap/shoulder belt

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoul-

der belt anchor to one of 4 positions

for maximum comfort and safety.

The height of the adjusting seat belt

should not be too close to your neck.

You will not be getting the most effec-

tive protection. The shoulder portion

should be adjusted so that it lies

across your chest and midway over

your shoulder near the door and not

your neck.

OYG036028

OJF035092L

321

Safety features of your vehicle

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster button (2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of

the retractor and insert the metal tab

(1) into the buckle (2). There will be

an audible "click" when the tab locks

into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length only after the lap

belt portion is adjusted manually so

that it fits snugly around your hips. If

you lean forward in a slow, easy

motion, the belt will extend and let

you move around. If there is a sud-

den stop or impact, however, the belt

will lock into position. It will also lock

if you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

seat belt from the retractor, firmly

pull the belt out and release it. Then

you will be able to pull the belt out

smoothly.

B180A01NF-1

WARNING

Shoulder belt positioning

Never position the shoulder belt

across your neck or face.

WARNING

Seat belt replacement

Replace your seat belts after

being in an accident. Failure to

replace seat belts after an acci-

dent could leave you with dam-

aged seat belts that will not pro-

vide protection in the event of

another collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

223

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing

the release button (A) in the locking

buckle. When it is released, the belt

should automatically draw back into

the retractor.

If this does not happen, check the

belt to be sure it is not twisted, then

try again.

When using the rear center seat belt

the buckle with the “CENTER” mark

must be used.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

safe-ty belt from the retractor, firm-

ly pull the belt out and release it.

After release, you will be able to pull

the belt out smoothly.

B200A01NF

WARNING

You should place the lap belt

portion as low as possible and

snugly across your hips, not on

your waist.If the lap belt is locat-

ed too high on your waist, it may

increase the chance of injury in

the event of a collision. Both

arms should not be under or

over the belt. Rather, one should

be over and the other under, as

shown in the illustration.

Never wear the seat belt under

the arm near the door.

OUM036100L OBH038023N

323

Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's pre-tensioner

seat belts (retractor pretensioner and

EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).

The pre-tensioner seat belts may be

activated, when a frontal collision is

severe enough, together with the air

bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if

the occupant tries to lean forward too

quickly, the seat belt retractor may

lock into position.In certain frontal col-

lisions, the pre-tensioner will activate

and pull the seat belt into tighter con-

tact against the occupant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that the

shoulder belts fit in tightly against

the occupant's upper body in cer-

tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)

The purpose of the EFD is to

make sure that the pelvis belts fit

in tightly against the occupant's

lower body in certain frontal colli-

sions.

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-

tem activates, the load limiter inside

the retractor pre-tensioner will release

some of the pressure on the affected

seat belt.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may be

heard and fine dust, which may

appear to be smoke, may be visible

in the passenger compartment.

These are normal operating condi-

tions and are not hazardous.

OXMA033101

Safety features of your vehicle

243

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents.Their locations are shown in

the illustration:

(1) SRS air bag warning light

(2) Front retractor pre-tensioner

assembly

(3) SRS control module

(4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

✽✽

NOTICE

• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-

tem may be activated not only in

certain frontal collision, but also in

certain side collisions or rollovers,

if the vehicle is equipped with a

side or curtain air bag.

• Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected with

the pre-tensioner seat belt, the

SRS air bag warning light on

the instrument panel will illumi-

nate for approximately 6 seconds

after the Engine Start/Stop button

has been turned to the ON posi-

tion, and then it should turn off.

WARNING - Skin Irritation

Wash all exposed skin areas

thoroughly after an accident in

which the pre-tensioner seat

belts were activated. The fine

dust from the pre-tensioner

activation may cause skin irrita-

tion and should not be breathed

for prolonged periods.

OJF045207L

325

Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system

is not working properly, this warning

light will illuminate even if there is not

a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If

the SRS air bag warning light does

not illuminate when the Engine

Start/Stop button is turned ON, or if it

remains illuminated after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds, or if it

illuminates while the vehicle is being

driven, have an authorized Kia dealer

inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt

and SRS air bag system as soon as

possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not attempt to service or repair

the pre-tensioner seat belt system in

any manner. Do not attempt to

inspect or replace the pre-tensioner

seat belts yourself. This must be

done by an authorized Kia dealer.

Pre-tensioners are designed to oper-

ate only one time. After activation,

pre-tensioner seat belts must be

replaced. If the pre-tensioner must

be replaced, contact an authorized

Kia dealer.

Seat belt precautions

Infant or small child

All 50 states have child restraint laws.

You should be aware of the specific

requirements in your state. Child

and/or infant seats must be properly

placed and installed in the rear seat.

For more information about the use of

these restraints, refer to “Child

restraint system” in this section.

✽✽

NOTICE

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when

properly restrained in the rear seat

by a child restraint system that meets

the requirements of the Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Before buying any child restraint sys-

tem, make sure that it has a label cer-

tifying that it meets Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The

restraint must be appropriate for

your child's height and weight.

Check the label on the child restraint

for this information. Refer to “Child

restraint system” in this section.

WARNING - Hot preten-

sioner

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies for several

minutes after they have been

activated. When the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt mechanism

fires during a collision the pre-

tensioner becomes hot and can

burn you.

Safety features of your vehicle

263

Larger children

Children who are too large for child

restraint systems should always

occupy the rear seat and use the

available lap/shoulder belts. The lap

portion should be fastened and

snugged on the hips as low as possi-

ble. Check periodically to insure that

the belt fits.A child's squirming could

put the belt out of position. Children

are given the most safety in the event

of an accident when they are

restrained by a proper restraint sys-

tem in the rear seat. If a larger child

(over age 12) must be seated in the

front seat, the child should be

securely restrained by the available

lap/shoulder belt and the seat should

be placed in the rearmost position.

Children age 12 and under should be

restrained securely in the rear seat.

NEVER place a child age 12 and

under in the front seat.NEVER place

a rear facing child seat in the front

seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child’s neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center of

the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck they need to

be returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women

Pregnant women should wear

lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-

ever possible according to specific

recommendations by their doctors.

The lap portion of the belt should be

worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS

POSSIBLE.

WARNING - Small children

Do not allow small children to

ride in the vehicle without an

appropriate child restraint sys-

tem. If the shoulder belt comes

in contact with your child's neck

or face your child is too small to

ride in the vehicle. In a crash the

seat belt will inflict injury to your

child's neck, throat and face.

WARNING - Pregnant

women

Pregnant women must never

place the lap portion of the seat

belt above or on the abdomen

where the fetus is located. The

force of the seat belt during a

collision will crush the fetus.

327

Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

When this is necessary, you should

consult a physician for recommenda-

tions.

One person per belt

Two people (including children)

should never attempt to use a single

seat belt. This could increase the

severity of injuries in case of an acci-

dent.

Do not lie down

To reduce the chance of injuries in

the event of an accident and to

achieve maximum effectiveness of

the restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front and

rear seats should be in an upright

position when the vehicle is moving.

A seat belt cannot provide proper

protection if the person is lying down

in the rear seat or if the front and rear

seats are in a reclined position.

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry.If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Chemical sub-

stances should not be used on seat

belts to prevent any damage. Heated

up seatbelts may burn infants and

children.

When to replace seat belts

The entire in-use seat belt assembly

or assemblies should be replaced if

the vehicle has been involved in an

accident.This should be done even if

no damage is visible. Additional

questions concerning seat belt oper-

ation should be directed to an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Pinched seat

belt

Make sure that the webbing

and/or buckle does not get

caught or pinched in the rear

seat when returning the rear

seatback to its upright position.

A caught or pinched webbing/

buckle may become damaged

and could fail during a collision

or sudden stop.

Safety features of your vehicle

283

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must always

be properly restrained to minimize the

risk of injury in an accident, sudden

stop or sudden maneuver. According

to accident statistics, children are

safer when properly restrained in the

rear seats than in the front seat. Even

with air bags, children can be serious-

ly injured or killed. Children too large

for a child restraint must use the seat

belts provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices.The

laws governing the age or

height/weight restrictions at which

seat belts can be used instead of

child restraints differs among states,

so you should be aware of the spe-

cific requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be

properly placed and installed in the

rear seat. You must use a commer-

cially available child restraint system

that meets the requirements of the

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS).

Child restraint systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle

seat by lap belt portion of a

lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-

tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

WARNING - Restraint

Location

Never install a child or infant

seat on the front passenger's

seat. A child riding in the front

passenger seat can be forceful-

ly struck by an inflating airbag

and seriously injured.

WARNING - Hot Child

Restraint

A child restraint system can

become very hot if it is left in a

closed vehicle on a sunny day.

Be sure to check the seat cover,

buckles and latches before

placing a child in the restraint

system.

329

Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-

ing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and

comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the child restraint.

✽✽

NOTICE

After an accident, have a Kia dealer

check the child restraint system, seat

belts, tether anchors and lower

anchors.

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based on

your child’s height and weight.The

required label or the instructions

for use typically provide this infor-

mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits the

vehicle seating position where it

will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the child

restraint system.

WARNING

Child Restraint Installation

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk

of serious injury or death in an

accident. Always take the fol-

lowing precautions when using

a child restraint system:

• Always follow the child

restraint system manufactur-

er’s instructions for installa-

tion and use.

(Continued)

• Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

• If the vehicle head restraint

prevents proper installation of

a child seat (as described in

the child restraint system

manual), the head restraint of

the respective seating posi-

tion shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

"hooks" over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

Safety features of your vehicle

303

Child restraint system types

There are three main types of child

restraint systems: rear-facing seats,

forward-facing seats, and booster

seats. They are classified according

to the child’s age, height and weight.

WARNING - Holding

Children

Never hold a child in your arms

or lap when riding in a vehicle.

The violent forces created dur-

ing a crash will tear the child

from your arms and throw the

child against the car’s interior.

Always use a child restraint

system which is appropriate for

your child's height and weight.

WARNING - Unattended

Children

Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle.The car can heat up

very quickly, resulting in injuries

to the child in the vehicle.

WARNING - Seat Belt Use

Do not use one seat belt for two

occupants at the same time.

This will eliminate any safety

benefit provided by the seat belt

to the occupants.

331

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child. The

harness system holds the child in

place, and in an accident, acts to

keep the child positioned in the seat

and reduces the stress to the neck

and spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant

child restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats

typically have higher height and

weight limits for the rear-facing posi-

tion, allowing you to keep your child

rear-facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

allowed by the child seat manufactur-

er. It’s the best way to keep them

safe. Once your child has outgrown

the rear-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness.

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child’s body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child restraint’s

manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the for-

ward-facing child restraint, your child

is ready for a booster seat.

CRS09

OYG036030

Safety features of your vehicle

323

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed

to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat

belt system. A booster seat positions

the seat belt so that it fits properly

over the lap of your child.

Keep your child in a booster seat

until they are big enough to sit in the

seat without a booster and still have

the seat belt fit properly. For a seat

belt to fit properly, the lap belt must

lie snugly across the upper thighs,

not the stomach. The shoulder belt

should lie snug across the shoulder

and chest and not across the neck or

face. Children under age 13 must

always ride in the rear seats and

must always be properly restrained

to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

After selecting a proper child seat for

your child, check to make sure it fits

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

instructions provided by the manu-

facturer when installing the child

seat. Note these general steps when

installing the seat to your vehicle:

• Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All child

restraints must be secured to the

vehicle with the lap part of a

lap/shoulder belt or with the

LATCH system.

• Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward and from

side-to-side to verify that it is

securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manufac-

turer instructions.

333

Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH) System

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an

accident. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

easier and reduce the possibility of

improperly installing your child

restraint. The LATCH system uses

anchors in the vehicle and attach-

ments on the child restraint. The

LATCH system eliminates the need

to use seat belts to secure the child

restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attachments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will pro-

vide you with instructions on how to

use the child seat with its attach-

ments for the LATCH lower anchors.

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions.Their locations are

shown in the illustration. There are

no LATCH anchors provided for the

center rear seating position.

B230D01NF

WARNING - LATCH Lower

Anchors

Never attempt to attach a LATCH

equipped seat in the center

seating position. LATCH lower

anchors are only to be used in

the left and right rear outboard

seating positions.You may dam-

age the anchors or the anchors

may fail and break in a collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

343

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seat backs to identify the

position of the lower anchors in your

vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions.

To use the lower anchor, push the

upper portion of the lower anchor

cover.

❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator

(2) : Lower Anchor

Securing a child restraint with

the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear outboard

seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a

secure connection between the

child restraint and the lower

anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the

vehicle seat, then attach the seat

to the lower anchors according to

the instructions provided by the

child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instruc-

tions for properly adjusting and

tightening the lower attachments

on the child restraint to the lower

anchors.

OYG036034L

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around their

neck and the seat belt tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-

tem inspected by your author-

ized Kia dealer after an acci-

dent. An accident can damage

the LATCH system and may

not properly secure the child

restraint.

335

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The recommended maximum

weight for the LATCH system is 65

lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper

child restraint, consider that the

maximum total weight of the child

plus the child restraint should be

less than 65 lbs (30 kg).

As a guide, the MAX child restraint

weight should be determined by the

following calculation:

Child Restraint Weight =

65 - (child's total weight in lbs.)

Securing a child restraint seat

with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the seat

belt. If the child restraint manufactur-

er recommends that the top tether

strap be attached, attach and tighten

the top tether strap to the top tether

strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are

located on the shelf behind the rear

seats.

OYG036031

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single teth-

er anchor. This could cause

the anchor or attachment to

come loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strap

to anything other than the cor-

rect tether anchor. It may not

work properly if attached to

something else.

• Do not use the tether anchors

for adult seat belts or harness-

es, or for attaching other items

or equipment to the vehicle.

• Always fasten the seat belts

behind the child restraint seat

when they are not used to

secure the child seat. Failure

to do so may result in child

strangulation.

Safety features of your vehicle

363

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether

strap over the child restraint seat-

back. Route the tether strap under

the head restraint and between

the head restraint posts, or route

the tether strap over the top of the

vehicle seatback. Make sure the

strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to

the tether anchor, then tighten the

tether strap according to the child

seat manufacturer’s instructions to

firmly secure the child restraint to

the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with a

lap belt or lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured to

a vehicle rear seat with the lap part

of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and

only lock under extreme or emer-

gency conditions (emergency locking

mode), you must manually pull the

seat belt all the way out to shift the

retractor to the “Automatic Locking”

mode to secure a child restraint.

The “Automatic Locking” mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus-

ing the seat belt to loosen and com-

promise the child restraint system.To

secure a child restraint system, use

the following procedure.

OYG036032 OLMB033044

337

Safety features of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on

the rear seats, do the following:

1.Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul-

der belt around or through the child

restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer’s instructions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct "click" sound.

Position the release button so that

it is easy to access in case of an

emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the

seat belt all the way out.When the

shoulder portion of the seat belt is

fully extended, it will shift the

retractor to the "Automatic

Locking" (child restraint) mode.

OEN036101 OEN036102

Safety features of your vehicle

383

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion

of the seat belt to retract and listen

for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet-

ing" sound. This indicates that the

retractor is in the "Automatic

Locking" mode.If no distinct sound

is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back into

the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint

system to confirm that the seat

belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is

in the "Automatic Locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If you

cannot, the retractor is in the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or

recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to the previous pages for more

information.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor will automatically

switch from the "Automatic

Locking" mode to the emergency

lock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and

then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of

the restraint and allow the seat belt

to retract fully.

OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lock

mode

Set the retractor to Automatic

Lock mode when installing any

child restraint system. If the

retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint

can move when your vehicle

turns or stops suddenly.

339

Safety features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s front air bag

(2) Passenger’s front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

(5) Driver’s knee air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you

and your passengers must always

wear the safety belts provided in

order to minimize the risk and sever-

ity of injury in the event of a collision

or rollover.

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYG036035N

Safety features of your vehicle

403

How does the air bag system

operate?

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

Engine Start/Stop button is turned

to the ON or engine is running.

• The appropriate air bags inflate

instantly in the event of a serious

frontal collision or side collision in

order to help protect the occupants

from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate.

Generally, air bags are designed to

inflate based upon the severity of a

collision and its direction. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehicle

speed, angles of impact, and, the

density and stiffness of the vehi-

cles or objects which your vehicle

hits in the collision. The determin-

ing factors are not limited to those

mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to

see the air bags inflate during an

accident.

It is much more likely that you will

simply see the deflated air bags

hanging out of their storage com-

partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in serious

side collisions, side and/or curtain

air bags will inflate if the sensing

system detects a rollover.

• When a rollover is detected, side

and/or curtain air bags will remain

inflated longer to help provide pro-

tection from ejection, especially

when used in conjunction with the

seat belts.

• In order to help provide protection,

the air bags must inflate rapidly.

The speed of the air bag inflation is

a consequence of extremely short

time in which to inflate the air bag

between the occupant and the

vehicle structures before the occu-

pant impacts those structures.This

speed of inflation reduces the risk

of serious or life-threatening

injuries and is thus a necessary

part of the air bag design.

However, air bag inflation can also

cause injuries which can include

facial abrasions, bruises and bro-

ken bones because the inflation

speed also causes the air bags to

expand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the

steering wheel or passenger air

bag can cause fatal injuries,

especially if the occupant is

positioned excessively close to

the steering wheel or passenger

air bag.

341

Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke

When inflated, the air bags make a

loud noise and leave smoke and

powder in the air inside the vehicle.

This is normal and is a result of the

ignition of the air bag inflator. After

the air bag inflates, you may feel sub-

stantial discomfort in breathing due

to the contact of your chest with both

the seat belt and the air bag, as well

as from breathing the smoke and

powder. Open your doors and/or

windows as soon as possible after

impact in order to reduce discom-

fort and prevent prolonged expo-

sure to the smoke and powder.

Though smoke and powder are non-

toxic, it may cause irritation to the

skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and consult a

doctor if the symptom persists.

WARNING - Hot compo-

nents

Do not touch the air bag storage

area's internal components

immediately after airbag infla-

tion.The air bag related parts in

the steering wheel, instrument

panel and the roof rails above

the front and rear doors are

very hot. Hot components can

result in burn injuries.

WARNING - Airbag infla-

tion

Sit as far back as possible from

the steering wheel while still

maintaining comfortable con-

trol of your vehicle. A distance

of at least 10" from your chest

to the steering wheel is recom-

mended. Failure to do so can

result in airbag inflation injuries

to the driver.

Safety features of your vehicle

423

Do not install a child restraint on

the front passenger’s seat.

Never place a rear-facing child

restraint in the front passenger’s

seat. If the air bag deploys, it would

impact the rear-facing child restraint,

causing serious or fatal injury.

In addition, do not place front-facing

child restraints in the front passen-

ger’s seat. If the front passenger air

bag inflates, it could cause serious or

fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning light

The purpose of air bag warning light

in your instrument panel is to alert

you of a potential problem with your

air bag system, which could include

your side and/or curtain air bags

used for rollover protection.

1JBH3051

W7-147

WARNING - Air bag

deployment

• When children are seated in

the rear outboard seats of a

vehicle equipped with side

and/or curtain air bags, install

the child restraint system as

far away from the door side as

possible. Inflation of the side

and/or curtain air bags could

impact the child.

• Do not install or place any

accessories near air bag

deployment areas, such as

the instrument panel, win-

dows, pillars, and roof rails.

343

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies

6. Air bag warning light

7. SRS control module (SRSCM) /

Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator (Front passenger’s seat

only)

11. Occupant detection system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Emergency fastening device

(EFD)

13. Driver`s knee air bag module

If the air bag warning light is illumi-

nated for more than 6 seconds after

the Engine Start/Stop button is

turned on, or of it illuminates during

vehicle operation, an SRS compo-

nent may not be functioning properly

and you should have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

W7-147

OYG036094N

Safety features of your vehicle

443

If any of the following conditions

occur, this indicates a malfunction in

the air bag system. Have an author-

ized Kia dealer inspect the air bag

system as soon as possible.

• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the Engine

Start/Stop button to the ON posi-

tion.

The front air bag modules are locat-

ed both in the center of the steering

wheel and in the front passenger's

panel above the glove box.When the

SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe

impact to the front of the vehicle, it

will automatically deploy the front air

bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers then allows full

inflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L

Driver’s front air bag (2)

345

Safety features of your vehicle

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk of

head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating, enabling

the driver to maintain forward visibility

and the ability to steer or operate

other controls.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be

a loud noise followed by a fine dust

released in the vehicle.These con-

ditions are normal and are not haz-

ardous - the air bags are packed in

this fine powder.The dust generat-

ed during air bag deployment may

cause skin or eye irritation as well

as aggravate asthma for some per-

sons. Always wash all exposed

skin areas thoroughly with cold

water and a mild soap after an

accident in which the air bags were

deployed.

B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING - Air bag

obstructions

Do not install or place any

accessories on the steering

wheel, instrument panel, or on

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box in a vehi-

cle. Such objects may become

dangerous projectiles if the air

bag deploys.

WARNING - Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat.

Such objects may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

airbag inflates.

Safety features of your vehicle

463

• The SRS can function only when

the Engine Start/Stop button is in

the ON position. If the SRS air bag

warning light does not illuminate,

or continuously remains on after

illuminating for about 6 seconds

when the ignition switch is turned

to the ON position, or after the

engine is started, comes on while

driving, the SRS is not working

properly. If this occurs, have your

vehicle immediately inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Before you replace a fuse or discon-

nect a battery terminal, turn the

Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF

position.

Never remove or replace the air bag

related fuse(s) when the Engine

Start/Stop button to the ON position.

Failure to heed this warning will

cause the SRS air bag warning light

to illuminate.

Occupant Detection System

(ODS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

occupant detection system in the

front passenger's seat.

The occupant detection system is

designed to detect the presence of a

properly-seated front passenger and

determine if the passenger's front air

bag should be enabled (may inflate)

or not. Only the front passenger front

air bag is controlled by the Occupant

Detection System.

Do not put anything in front of the

passenger air bag indicator.

OYG036041

347

Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu-

pant detection system

• An detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.

• An electronic system which deter-

mines whether the passenger air

bag systems should be activated

or deactivated.

• An indicator light located on the

instrument panel which illuminates

the words PASSENGER AIR BAG

“OFF” indicates the front passen-

ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-

ing light is interconnected with the

occupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-

pied by a person that the system

determines to be of appropriate size,

and he/she sits properly (sitting

upright with the seatback in an

upright position, centered on the

seat cushion with their seat belt on,

legs comfortably extended and their

feet on the floor), the PASSENGER

AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off

and the front passenger's air bag will

be able to inflate, if necessary, in

frontal crashes.

You will find the PASSENGER AIR

BAG “OFF” indicator on the center

facia panel. This system detects the

conditions 1~4 in the following table

and activates or deactivates the front

passenger air bag based on these

conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained

properly (sitting upright with the seat in

an upright position, centered on the

seat cushion, with the person’s legs

comfortably extended, feet on the

floor, and wearing the safety belt prop-

erly) for the most effective protection

by the air bag and the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection

System) may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which

can defeat the detection system.

These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-

ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locations

which reduce the passenger

weight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.

Safety features of your vehicle

483

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection

system

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult.When a smaller adult sits in

the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending

on his/her physique and posture.

Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat.When a larger child who has

outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-

ognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front

passenger seat.This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the

occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF"

indicator light

SRS warning

light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult*

Off Off Activated

2. Child restraint system with

child under 12 months old

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

CAUTION

• Do not install a child restraint

seat in the passenger seat

when the seat is heavily

soaked with any type of liquid.

• Do not alter or remodel the

ODS (Occupant Detection

System).This may damage the

system and prevent its proper

function in a collision.

349

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not use car seat cushions that

cover up the surface of the seat

and aftermarket manufactured

passenger seat heaters.

• After conducting car interior clean-

ing using steam or detergent, the

seat should be dried properly.

Afterward, check for normal oper-

ation of the “PASS AIR BAG

“OFF”” and air bag warning lights.

• Any service related to the passen-

ger seat and the ODS must be

done at Kia service center.

• After the passenger seat has been

removed or installed for repair

purposes, check for normal opera-

tion of the “PASS AIR BAG

“OFF”” and air bag warning

lights with a person seated or not

seated in the passenger seat.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF””

symbol is illuminated, the passenger

air bag system will not operate. The

passenger air bag system will oper-

ate when necessary if the symbol is

not illuminated.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place anything

on or attach anything such as a blan-

ket, front seat cover or after market

seat heater to the front passenger

seat. This can adversely affect the

occupant detection system.

WARNING - ODS System

Riding in an improper position

adversely affects the Occupant

Detection System and may

result in the deactivation of the

front passenger airbag. It is

important for the driver to

instruct the passenger as to the

proper seating instructions as

contained in this manual.

Safety features of your vehicle

503

OJFA035106

- Never sit with hips shifted

towards the front of the seat.

OJFA035104

- Do not place a heavy load in

the front passenger seatback

pocket or on the front passen-

ger seat.

OJFA035105

- Do not place feet on the front

passenger seatback.

WARNING - ODS System

Riding in an improper position

adversely affects the Occupant

Detection System and may

result in the deactivation of the

front passenger airbag. It is

important for the driver to

instruct the passenger as to

the proper seating instructions

as contained in this manual.

(Continued)

OJFA035107

- Never excessively recline the

front passenger seatback.

OJFA035100

- Do not seat on the passenger

seat wearing heavily padded

clothes such as ski wear and

hip protector.

351

Safety features of your vehicle

OJFA035109

- Never lean on the door or cen-

ter console.

- Never sit on one side of the

front passenger seat.

OJFA035108

- Never place feet on the dash-

board.

OJFA035101

- Do not use car seat acces-

sories such as thick blankets

and cushions which cover up

the car seat surface.

(Continued)

OJFA035102

- Do not place electronic

devices such as laptops, DVD

player, or conductive materi-

als such as water bottles on

the passenger seat.

Do not use electronic devices

such as laptops and satellite

radios which use inverter

chargers.

Safety features of your vehicle

523

When an adult is seated in the front

passenger seat, if the PASSENGER

AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn

the Engine Start/Stop button to the

OFF position and ask the passenger

to sit properly (sitting upright with the

seat back in an upright position, cen-

tered on the seat cushion with their

seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the floor).

Restart the engine and have the per-

son remain in that position. This will

allow the system to detect the person

and to enable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator is still on, ask the passen-

ger to move to the rear seat.

B990A01O

Proper position

WARNING - “AIR BAG

OFF” light

Do not allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front seat when the

PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator is illuminated,

because the air bag will not

deploy in the event of a crash.

The driver must instruct the

passenger to reposition himself

in the seat. Failure to properly

position yourself may lead to air

bag deactivation resulting in air

bag non-deployment in a colli-

sion. If the PASSENGER AIR

BAG “OFF” indicator remains

illuminated after the passenger

repositions themselves proper-

ly and the car is restarted, it is

recommended that passenger

move to the rear seat because

the passenger's front air bag

will not deploy.

WARNING

- Wet Passenger Seat

Do not spill liquid in the pas-

senger seat. Spilled liquid on

the passenger seat may cause

the air bag warning light to illu-

minate or malfunction. If any liq-

uid is spilled, make sure the

seat has been completely dried

before driving the vehicle.

353

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-

onds after the Engine Start/Stop

button is turned to the ON position

or after the engine is started. If the

front passenger seat is occupied, the

occupant detection sensor will then

classify the front passenger after

several more seconds.

• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant detec-

tion system, never install a child

restraint system in the front pas-

senger's seat. A deploying air bag

can forcefully strike a child result-

ing in serious injuries or death.Any

child age 12 and under should ride

in the rear seat. Children too large

for child restraints should use the

available lap/shoulder belts. No

matter what type of crash, children

of all ages are safer when

restrained in the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG

“OFF” indicator is illuminated when

the front passenger's seat is occu-

pied by an adult and he/she sits

properly (sitting upright with the

seatback in an upright position,

centered on the seat cushion with

their seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the

floor), have that person sit in the

rear seat.

Any child age 12 and under should

ride in the rear seat. Children too

large for child restraints should use

the available lap/shoulder belts. No

matter what type of crash, children of

all ages are safer when restrained in

the rear seat.

If the occupant detection system is

not working properly, the SRS air

bag warning light on the instrument

panel will illuminate because the

passenger's front air bag is connect-

ed with the occupant detection sys-

tem. If there is a malfunction of the

occupant detection system, the PAS-

SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator

will not illuminate and the passen-

ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal

impact crashes even if there is no

occupant in the front passenger's

seat.

Safety features of your vehicle

543

Driver's and passenger's front

air bag

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Restraint

(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder

belts at both the driver and passen-

ger seating position.

The indication of the system's pres-

ence are the letters "AIR BAG" located

on the air bag pad cover on the steer-

ing wheel and the passenger's side

front panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags

installed under the pad covers in the

center of the steering wheel and the

passenger's side front panel above

the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and/or the front

passenger with additional protection

than that offered by the seat belt sys-

tem alone in case of a frontal impact

of sufficient severity. The SRS uses

sensors to gather information about

the driver's and front passenger's

seat belt usage and impact severity.

The seat belt buckle sensors deter-

mine if the driver and front passen-

ger's seat belts are fastened.

These sensors provide the ability to

control the SRS deployment based on

whether or not the seat belts are fas-

tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability

to control the air bag inflation with

two levels. A first stage level is pro-

vided for moderate-severity impacts.

A second stage level is provided for

more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is

designed to help reduce the injury of

children sitting close to the instru-

ment panel in low speed collisions.

However, children are safer if they

are restrained in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity and

seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS

Control Module) controls the air bag

inflation. Failure to properly wear

seat belts can increase the risk or

severity of injury in an accident.

✽✽

NOTICE

The driver’s hands should be placed on

the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00

positions. The passenger’s arm and

hands should be placed on their laps.

OYG036069L

■ Driver’s front air bag

■ Driver’s knee air bag

OYG036036

OYG036037

■ Passenger’s front air bag

355

Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped

with an occupant detection system in

the front passenger's seat.The occu-

pant detection system detects the

presence of a passenger in the front

passenger's seat and will turn off the

front passenger's air bag under cer-

tain conditions. For more detail, see

"Occupant detection system" in this

chapter.

Modification to the seat structure can

cause the air bag to deploy at a dif-

ferent level than should be provided.

Manufacturers are required by gov-

ernment regulations to provide a

contact point concerning modifica-

tions to the vehicle for persons with

disabilities, which modifications may

affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag

system.That contact is Kia’s toll-free

Customer Assistance center at 1-

800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does

not endorse nor will it support any

changes to any part or structure of

the vehicle that could affect the

advanced air bag system, including

the occupant detection system.

Advanced air bags are combined with

pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-

vide enhanced occupant protection in

frontal crashes.Front air bags are not

intended to deploy in collisions in

which sufficient protection can be pro-

vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.

✽✽

NOTICE

Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized Kia dealer

replace the air bag immediately

after deployment.

Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or

rollover crashes. However, when

frontal deployment threshold is satis-

fied at side-impact, front air bags

may deploy.In addition, front air bags

will not deploy in frontal crashes

below the deployment threshold.

WARNING - Replacement /

modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-

board or door should not be

replaced except by an author-

ized Kia dealer using original

Kia parts designed for this vehi-

cle and model. Any other such

replacement or modification

could adversely affect the oper-

ation of the occupant detection

system and your advanced air

bags.

WARNING - SRS Wiring

Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring or other com-

ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental deployment of

the air bags or by rendering the

SRS inoperative.

Safety features of your vehicle

563

Side air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat. The pur-

pose of the air bag is to provide the

vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-

senger with additional protection than

that offered by the seat belt alone.

• The side air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side-impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact.However, when side deploy-

ment threshold is satisfied at front-

impact, side air bags may deploy.

• The side air bags may deploy on

the side of the impact or on both

sides.

• The side and/or curtain air bags on

both sides of the vehicle will deploy

if a rollover or possible rollover is

detected.

• The side air bags are not designed

to deploy in all side impact or

rollover situations.

OJF035041

OYG036038

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder,

cup holder, perfume or stick-

ers) should be placed over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, windshield glass, and

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box. Such

objects could cause harm if

the vehicle is in a crash

severe enough to cause the

air bags to deploy.

• Never place or insert any

object into any small opening

near side airbag labels

attached to the vehicle seats.

When the air bag deploys, the

object may affect the deploy-

ment and result in unexpected

accident or bodily harm.

357

Safety features of your vehicle

• The side air bag is supplemental to

the driver's and the passenger's

seat belt systems and is not a sub-

stitute for them. Therefore your

seat belts must be worn at all times

while the vehicle is in operation.

• For best protection from the side

air bag system and to avoid being

injured by the deploying side air

bag, both front seat occupants

should sit in an upright position

with the seat belt properly fas-

tened. The driver's hands should

be placed on the steering wheel at

the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The

passenger's arms and hands

should be placed on their laps.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,

have the vehicle checked and

repaired by an authorized Kia deal-

er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-

cle is equipped with side air bags

and an occupant detection system.

WARNING - Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat.

Such objects may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

airbag inflates.

WARNING - Deployment

Do not install any accessories

including seat covers, on the

side or near the side air bag as

this may affect the deployment

of the side air bags.

WARNING - Unexpected

deployment

Avoid impact to the side impact

airbag sensor when the Engine

Start/Stop button is ON to pre-

vent unexpected deployment of

the side air bag.

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Never place or insert any

object into any small opening

near side airbag labels

attached to the vehicle seats.

When the air bag deploys, the

object may affect the deploy-

ment and result in unexpected

accident or bodily harm.

Safety features of your vehicle

583

Curtain air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect

occupants in certain side impacts

and to help prevent them from eject-

ing out of the vehicle as a result of a

rollover, especially when the seat-

belts are also in use.

• The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact.However, when side deploy-

ment threshold is satisfied at front-

impact, side air bags may deploy.

• The curtain air bags may deploy on

the side of the impact or on both

sides.

• Also, the curtain air bags on both

sides of the vehicle will deploy in

certain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side

impact or rollover situations.

Do not allow the passengers to lean

their heads or bodies against the

doors, put their arms on the doors,

stretch their arms out of the window

or place objects between the doors

and passengers when they are seat-

ed on seats equipped with side

impact and/or curtain air bags.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never try to open or repair any com-

ponents of the side and curtain air

bag system. This should only be

done by an authorized Kia dealer.

OJF035042

OJF035043

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag. Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as the

door, side door glass, front

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang hard or breakable

objects on the coat hook.

359

Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-

tion conditions of the air bag)

There are many types of accidents in

which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additional pro-

tection.

These include rear impacts, second

or third collisions in multiple impact

accidents, as well as low speed

impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module/

Rollover sensor

(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor

(4) Side impact sensor

(5) Side impact sensor

OYG036047/OYG036048/OYG036049/OYG036050/OYG036051/OYG036052

Safety features of your vehicle

603

Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changed due

to the deformation of the front

bumper, front end module, body or

front doors where side collision sen-

sors are installed. Have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Installing bumper guards (or side

step or running board) or replacing a

bumper (or front door module) with

non-genuine parts may adversely

affect your vehicle’s collision and air

bag deployment performance.

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate

in a frontal collision depending on

the intensity, speed or angles of

impact of the front collision.

OYG036076

WARNING - Air bag sen-

sors

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where

air bags or sensors are

installed.

This may cause unexpected

air bag deployment, which

could result in serious per-

sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location or

angle of the sensors is altered

in any way, the air bags may

deploy when they should not

or they may not deploy when

they should.

Therefore, do not try to per-

form maintenance on or

around the air bag sensors.

Have the vehicle checked and

repaired by an authorized Kia

dealer.

361

Safety features of your vehicle

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Side and/or curtain air bags

Side and/or curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the strength, speed or

angles of impact resulting from a

side impact collision.

Also, the side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when a rollover is

detected by a rollover sensor.

Although the front air bags (driver’s

and front passenger’s air bags) are

designed to inflate in frontal colli-

sions, they also may inflate in other

types of collisions if the front impact

sensors detect a sufficient frontal

force in another type of impact. Side

and curtain air bags are designed to

inflate in certain side impact colli-

sions.They may inflate in other types

of collisions where a side force is

detected by the sensors.Side air bag

and/or curtain air bags may also

inflate where rollover sensors indi-

cate the possibility of a rollover

occurring (even if none actually

occurs) or in other situations, includ-

ing when the vehicle is tilted while

being towed.

Even where side and/or curtain air

bags would not provide impact pro-

tection in a rollover, however, they

will deploy to prevent ejection of

occupants, especially those who are

restrained with seat belts.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive

carefully on unimproved roads or on

surfaces not designed for vehicle

traffic to prevent unintended air bag

deployment.

OYG036054

OJF035052

Safety features of your vehicle

623

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions the

air bags may not deploy. The air

bags are designed not to deploy in

such cases because they may not

provide benefits beyond the pro-

tection of the seat belts in such col-

lisions.

• Air bags are not designed to inflate

in rear collisions, because occu-

pants are moved backward by the

force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not be able

to provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in

side impact collisions, because

occupants move to the direction of

the collision, and thus in side

impacts, frontal air bag deployment

would not provide additional occu-

pant protection.

OYG036077

OYG036058 OYG036078

363

Safety features of your vehicle

• In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in

a direction where the air bags

would not be able to provide any

additional benefit, and thus the

sensors may not deploy any air

bags.

• Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehi-

cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-

cle with a higher ground clearance.

Air bags may not inflate in this

"under-ride" situation because

deceleration forces that are detect-

ed by sensors may be significantly

reduced by such “under-ride” colli-

sions.

• Front air bags may not inflate in all

rollover accidents where the

SRSCM indicates that the front air

bag deployment would not provide

additional occupant protection.

OYG036079 OYG036075 OYG036080

Safety features of your vehicle

643

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-

cle collides with objects such as util-

ity poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated to one area

and the full force of the impact is not

delivered to the sensors.

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-

free and so there are no parts you can

safely service by yourself. If the SRS

air bag warning light does not illumi-

nate, or continuously remains on, have

your vehicle immediately inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such

as removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger’s panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized Kia dealer. Improper

handling of the SRS system may

result in serious personal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,

use only a soft, dry cloth or one which

has been moistened with plain water.

Solvents or cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and proper

deployment of the system.

If components of the air bag system

must be discarded, or if the vehicle

must be scrapped, certain safety

precautions must be observed. An

authorized Kia dealer knows these

precautions and can give you the

necessary information. Failure to fol-

low these precautions and proce-

dures could increase the risk of per-

sonal injury.

OYG036061L

365

Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi-

fying your air bag-equipped

vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by chang-

ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-

tem, front end or side sheet metal or

ride height, this may affect the opera-

tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label

Air bag warning labels, some

required by the U.S. National

Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi-

sor to alert the driver and passen-

gers of potential risks of the air bag

system.

WARNING - Tampering

with SRS

Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring, or other com-

ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in the

accidental inflation of the air

bags or by rendering the SRS

inoperative.

WARNING - Towing Vehicle

Always have the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position when your vehicle is

being towed. The side air bags

may inflate if the vehicle is tilted

such as when being towed

because of the rollover sensors

in the vehicle.

OJFA035061

Features of your vehicle

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

• Mechanical key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

• Restrictions in Handling Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16

• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-17

• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

• Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

• Non-Powered Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

• Power Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

• Trunk Lid Control Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

• Emergency Trunk Safety Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Smart trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

• Tilting the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

• Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

• Automatic-dimming function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

• Compass function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

• Programming HomeLink

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

• Standard programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

• Rolling code programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58

• Gate operator & Canadian programming . . . . . . . . 4-59

• Operating HomeLink

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

• Reprogramming a single HomeLink

button. . . . . . 4-60

• Erasing HomeLink

buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

• Transaxle shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

LCD windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

• Over view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

• Trip information (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Head up display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

• Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98

• Head Up Display ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

• Head Up Display Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

• Head Up Display Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100

• Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-100

• Non-operational conditions of rear parking

assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

• Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-102

• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Surround view monitoring system (SVM). . . . . 4-105

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

• High Beam Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

• Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

• Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

• Front windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

• Trunk room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-123

• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131

• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133

• Checking the amount of air conditioner

refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-134

• Air Conditioning refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-135

• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136

Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

Automatic ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

• To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation . . . . . 4-139

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-146

• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

• Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

• Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

• Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

• Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

• Steering wheel audio controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Features of your vehicle

Record your key number

The key code num-

ber is stamped on

the key code tag

attached to the key

set. Should you

lose your keys, this number will

enable an authorized Kia dealer to

duplicate the keys easily.

Remove the key code tag and store it

in a safe place. Also, record the key

code number and keep it in a safe

and handy place, but not in the vehi-

cle.

Smart key functions

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3.Trunk open

4. Panic alarm

With smart key, you can lock or

unlock doors (and trunk) and start

the engine without inserting the key.

Refer to the following, for more

details.

SMART KEY

WARNING - Smart key

Never leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Leaving children unat-

tended in a vehicle with a smart

key is dangerous. Children

copy adults and they could

press the start button. The key

would enable children to oper-

ate power windows or other

controls, or even make the vehi-

cle move, which could result in

serious bodily injury or death.

OYG046056N

Features of your vehicle

Locking

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doors

closed and any door unlocked, locks

all the doors. The hazard warning

lights will blink and the chime will

sound once to indicate that all doors

are locked.The button will only oper-

ate when the smart key is within

28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside

door handle. If you want to make

sure that a door has locked or not,

you should check the door lock but-

ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-

side door handle.

In some instances, when the outside

door button is selected, the doors will

not lock and an audible chime will

sound for 3 seconds if any of the fol-

lowing occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

the ACC or ON position.

• Any door except the trunk is

opened.

Unlocking

Pressing the button of the driver's (or

front passenger’s) outside door han-

dle with all doors closed and locked,

unlocks the driver's door.

The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that the driver's door

is unlocked. Also, the outside

rearview mirrors will automatically

unfold if the outside rearview mirror

folding switch is in the AUTO posi-

tion.

The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 28~40 in.

(0.7~1m) from the outside door han-

dle.

OYG046004

Features of your vehicle

When Two press unlock function is

activated,

- If you press the driver's outside

door handle button, driver`s door

will unlock.

- If you press the driver's outside

door handle button within four sec-

onds again, then all the doors will

unlock.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can activate or deactivate the

Two Press Unlock function. Refer to

“User settings” in this chapter.

Start-up

You can start the engine without

inserting the key.

❈ For detailed information refer to

“ENGINE START/STOP button” in

chapter 5.

Smart key precautions

• If you lose your smart key, you will

not be able to start the engine.Tow

the vehicle, if necessary, and con-

tact an authorized Kia dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be

registered to a single vehicle. If you

lose a smart key, you should imme-

diately take the vehicle and key to

your authorized Kia dealer to pro-

tect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any

of following occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can inter-

fere with normal operation of the

smart key.

- The smart key near a mobile two-

way radio system or a cellular

phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the mechanical key. If you

have a problem with the smart key,

contact an authorized Kia dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximi-

ty to your cell phone or smart

phone, the signal from the smart

key could be blocked by normal

operation of your cell phone or

smart phone.

This is especially important when

the phone is active such as making

call, receiving calls, text messag-

ing, and/or sending/receiving

emails.Avoid placing the smart key

and your cell phone or smart

phone in the same pants or jacket

pocket and maintain adequate dis-

tance between the two devices.

Remote keyless entry system

operations

Lock (1)

All doors are locked if the lock button

is pressed.If all doors (and trunk) are

closed, the hazard warning lights will

blink once to indicate that all doors

(and trunk) are locked.

However, if any door remains open,

the hazard warning lights will not

operate. But if all doors are closed

after the lock button is pressed, the

hazard warning lights will blink once.

Unlock (2)

All doors are unlocked if the unlock

button is pressed. The hazard warn-

ing lights will blink twice again to indi-

cate that all doors are unlocked.After

pressing this button, the doors will

lock automatically unless you open

any door within 30 seconds.

When Two press unlock function is

activated,

- If you press the Door Unlock but-

ton(2) on the smart key, driver`s

door will unlock.

- If you press Door Unlock button(2)

on the smart key within four sec-

onds again, then all the doors will

unlock.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can activate or deactivate the

Two Press Unlock function. Refer to

“User settings” in this chapter.

OYG046056N

CAUTION - Transmitter

Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid as it can

become damaged and not func-

tion properly.

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If the keyless entry system is inoper-

ative due to exposure to water or liq-

uids, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer's vehicle warranty.

Trunk open (3)

The trunk is opened if the button is

pressed for more than 1 second.

Once the trunk is opened and then

closed, the trunk will lock automati-

cally.

Panic alarm (4)

The horn sounds and the hazard

warning lights blink for about 30 sec-

onds if this button is pressed for

more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the

horn and lights, press any button on

the transmitter.

Transmitter precautions

The smart key will not

work if any of following occurs:

• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).

• The battery in the smart key is

weak.

• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.

• The weather is extremely cold.

• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station

or an airport which can interfere

with normal operation of the trans-

mitter.

When the smart key does not work

properly, open and close the door

with the smart key. If you have a

problem with the smart key, contact

an authorized Kia dealer.

Features of your vehicle

104

• If the transmitter is in close proxim-

ity to your cell phone or smart

phone, the signal from the trans-

mitter could be blocked by normal

operation of your cell phone or

smart phone. This is especially

important when the phone is active

such as making call, receiving

calls, text messaging, and/or send-

ing/receiving emails.

Avoid placing the transmitter and

your cell phone or smart phone in

the same pants or jacket pocket

and maintain adequate distance

between the two devices.

This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

✽✽

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment. If the keyless entry

system is inoperative due to changes

or modifications not expressly

approved by the party responsible

for compliance, it will not be cov-

ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle

warranty.

Battery replacement

A battery should last for several

years, but if the smart key is not

working properly, try replacing the

battery with a new one. If you are

unsure how to use or replace the

battery, contact an authorized Kia

dealer.

CAUTION - Transmitter

damage

Do not drop, wet or expose the

keyless entry system transmit-

ter to heat or sunlight.

411

Features of your vehicle

1. Pry open the smart key center

cover.

2. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032).When replacing

the battery, make sure the battery

position.

3. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

Mechanical key operations

• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.

• Lock and unlock the doors when

the vehicle or smart key battery is

discharged.

Smart key

To remove the mechanical key, press

and hold the release button and

remove the mechanical key.

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it until

a click sound is heard.

OYG046057N

OVG043401L

Features of your vehicle

124

Restrictions in Handling Keys

When leaving keys with parking lot

and valet attendants, the following

procedures will ensure your vehicle’s

trunk and glove box compartment

can not be opened in your absence.

To activate the trunk lock system so

that the trunk can only be opened with

the main key, perform the following:

1. Unlock the glove box by using the

main key (1) then open it (2).

2. Set the trunk lid control button to

the LOCK position.

3. Close and lock the glove box using

the main key.

When leaving your keys with a park-

ing lot or valet attendant, perform

steps 1 to 3 above, and leave the sub

key with the attendant. In this manner

the sub key can only be used to start

the engine and operate door locks.

Lock release

To release the trunk lock feature,

open the glove box with the main key

and set the trunk lid control button to

the UNLOCK position.

Immobilizer system

Your vehicle is equipped with an

electronic engine immobilizer system

to reduce the risk of unauthorized

vehicle use.

Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP

button is changed to the ON position,

the immobilizer system checks and

verifies if the key is valid or not.

If the key is valid, the engine will

start.

If the key is invalid, the engine will

not start.

✽✽

NOTICE

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys any-

where in your vehicle. Your

Immobilizer password is a customer

unique password and should be kept

confidential. Do not leave this num-

ber anywhere in your vehicle.

OYG046003

413

Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer

system

Change the ENGINE START/STOP

button to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer sys-

tem

Change the ENGINE START/STOP

button to the OFF position. The

immobilizer system activates auto-

matically. Without a valid smart key

for your vehicle, the engine will not

start.

In order to prevent theft of your vehi-

cle, do not leave spare keys any-

where in your vehicle.

Your immobilizer password is a cus-

tomer unique password and should

be kept confidential.Do not leave this

number anywhere in your vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

Keep each key separate in order to

avoid a starting malfunction.

Do not put metal accessories near

the smart key.

Metal accessories may interrupt the

transponder signal and may prevent

the engine from being started.

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, consult an authorized Kia

dealer.

This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

✽✽

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

CAUTION - Immobilizer

damage

Do not expose your immobilizer

system to moisture, static elec-

tricity and rough handling. This

may damage your immobilizer.

CAUTION - Immobilizer

alterations

Do not change, alter or adjust

the immobilizer system because

it could cause the immobilizer

system to malfunction.

Features of your vehicle

144

This system is designed to provide

protection from unauthorized entry

into the vehicle. This system is oper-

ated in three stages: the first is the

“Armed” stage, the second is the

“Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is

the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered,

the system provides an audible

alarm with blinking of the hazard

warning lights.

Armed stage

Park the vehicle and stop the engine.

Arm the system as described below.

1.Turn off the engine.

2. Make sure that all doors (and

trunk) and engine hood are closed

and latched.

3. Lock the doors by depressing the

door lock button on the smart key.

After completion of the steps above,

the hazard warning lights will blink

(for smart key, the chime also

sounds) once to indicate that the

system is armed.

If any door (or trunk) or engine hood

remains open, the hazard warning

lights and the chime will not operate

and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all

doors and trunk and engine hood are

closed after the lock button is

pressed, the hazard warning lights

blink once.

The system can also be armed by

locking the doors with the key from

the front doors; however, the hazard

warning lights will not blink using this

method.

✽✽

NOTICE

The theft-alarm system can be deac-

tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.

If you want this feature, consult an

authorized Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until all

passengers have left the vehicle. If

the system is armed while a pas-

senger(s) remains in the vehicle,

the alarm may be activated when

the remaining passenger(s) leave

the vehicle. If any door (or trunk)

or engine hood is opened within

30 seconds after the system

enters the armed stage, the sys-

tem is disarmed to prevent an

unnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stage

Disarmed

stage

415

Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any of

the following occurs while the system

is armed.

• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the smart key.

• The trunk is opened without using

the smart key.

• The engine hood is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for approximately 27 seconds, and

repeat the horn 2 times unless the

system is disarmed. To turn off the

system, unlock the doors with the

smart key.

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when

• The doors (and trunk) are unlocked

with the smart key.

After depressing the unlock button,

the hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound twice (in

smart key) to indicate that the sys-

tem is disarmed.

After depressing the unlock button, if

any door (or trunk) is not opened

within 30 seconds, the system will be

rearmed.

• Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. The

vehicle starting motor is disabled

during the theft-alarm stage.

If the system is not disarmed with

the smart key, open the doors by

using the mechanical key and start

the engine by directly pressing the

engine Start/Stop button with the

smart key.

• If you lose your keys, consult your

authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Malfunctions caused by improper

alterations, adjustments or modifi-

cations to the theft-alarm system are

not covered by your vehicle manu-

facturer warranty.

CAUTION - Adjusting

alarm system

Do not change, alter or adjust

the theft-alarm system because

it could cause the theft-alarm

system to malfunction.

Features of your vehicle

164

DOOR LOCKS

Operating door locks from

outside the vehicle

• After removing the cover (2) while

pressing the hole (1) using

mechanical key or screw driver (-),

turn the key toward the front of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the

rear of the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s door

with a key, only the driver’s door

will lock/unlock.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

• When closing the door, push the

door by hand.Make sure the doors

are closed securely.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing con-

ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid succession

with either the vehicle key or door

lock switch, the system may stop

operating temporarily in order to

protect the circuit and prevent

damage to system components.

• To lock a door without the key,

push the inside door lock button (1)

or central door lock switch (2) to

the “Lock” position and close the

door (3).

• If you lock the door with the central

door lock switch (2), all vehicle

doors will lock automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always place the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the OFF position,

engage the parking brake, close all

windows, and lock all doors when

leaving your vehicle unattended.

OYG046006L

■ Type A ■ Type B

OYG046007

417

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from

inside the vehicle

With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the door

lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-

tion. The red mark on the button

will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Lock” position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark on the door lock button will

not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle

(2) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-

ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is

pulled when the door lock button is

in the lock position, the button will

unlock and the door will open. (if

equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and any

front door is opened.

• Doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and an

door is open.

If a power door lock ever fails to func-

tion while you are in the vehicle, try

one or more of the following tech-

niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and

manual) while simultaneously

pulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the

key to unlock the door from out-

side.

OYG046008

Features of your vehicle

184

With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central door

lock switch.

For Driver’s door:

• When pushing down on the right

portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle

doors will lock.

• When pushing down on left portion

(2) of the switch, all vehicle doors

will unlock.

For Passenger’s door:

• When pushing down on the front

portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle

doors will lock.

• When pushing down on the rear

portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle

doors will unlock.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle

and any front door is opened, the

doors will not lock even though the

right portion(1, driver`s door) of the

central door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Doors

The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while the

vehicle is in motion to prevent

accidental opening of the door.

WARNING - Unattended

children/animals

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

severe injury to unattended

children or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle.

OYG046009

OYG046010

■ Driver side

■ Passenger side

419

Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock

system

In the event of air bag deployment

resulting from a vehicle impact, all

doors will automatically unlock.

Auto door lock/unlock feature

• All doors will automatically lock

when the transaxle shift lever is

shifted out of P(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlock

when the transaxle shift lever is

shifted into P (Park).

✽✽

NOTICE

You can select some auto door

lock/unlock features in “User Settings”

For more information, refer to

“User Settings” in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children from acciden-

tally opening the rear doors from

inside the vehicle. The rear door

safety locks should be used whenev-

er children are in the vehicle.

1. Open the rear door.

2.Push the child safety lock (1)

located on the rear edge of the

door to the lock ( ) position.

When the child safety lock is in the

lock position, the rear door will not

open even when the inner door

handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.

To open the rear door, pull the out-

side door handle (2).

Even though the doors may be

unlocked, the rear door will not open

by pulling the inner door handle until

the rear door child safety lock is

unlocked.

OYG046011

WARNING - Rear door

locks

Use the rear door safety locks

whenever children are in the

vehicle. If a child accidently

opens the rear doors while the

vehicle is moving, they may fall

out.

Features of your vehicle

204

Non-Powered Trunk

To open:

1.Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

2.Then do one of the following :

- Press the smart key trunk unlock

button for more than one second.

- Press the button on the trunk

itself with the smart key in your

possession.

- Use the mechanical key.

3.Lift the trunk lid up.

To close:

Lower the trunk lid and press down

until it locks.

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing condi-

tions.

TRUNK

OYG046012

OYG046013

WARNING - Exhaust

fumes

The trunk lid should always be

kept completely closed while

the vehicle is in motion. If it is

left open or ajar, exhaust gases

may enter the car and serious

illness or death may result.

WARNING

The trunk swings upward. Make

sure no objects or people are

near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the trunk.

421

Features of your vehicle

Power Trunk

The power trunk can be opened and

closed automatically as follows.

- Power trunk main button (Type A) :

Open and close

- Smart key and trunk handle switch

(Type B) : Open only

- Close button on the trunk lid

(Type C) : Close only

If you depress the power trunk main

button, trunk handle button or close

button while operating the power

trunk, you could stop operating the

power trunk.

If that happens, to operate the power

trunk again, push any button or switch.

Opening the trunk

The power trunk will open automati-

cally by doing one of the following:

• Press the trunk open button on the

smart key more than 1 second.The

chime will sound twice.

• Press the open button of the power

trunk main button. The chime will

sound twice.

• Press the trunk handle switch car-

rying the smart key with you. If all

doors have unlocked, you can

open the trunk by pressing the

trunk handle switch without the

smart key.

OYG046014

OYG046015

OYG046016

■Type B

■Type A

■Type C

Features of your vehicle

224

Closing the trunk

To close the power trunk, do one of

the following:

• Push the close button of the power

trunk main button, until the power

trunk is closed securely.The chime

will sound twice.

• Push the power trunk close button.

• Push the power trunk lock button

when all doors and engine hood

are closed with the smart key in

your possession. After closing, all

doors and trunk lock automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

The power trunk lock button will

not work if you press the button

when:

- Any door is open.

- The engine start/stop button is not

in the OFF position.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

Do not leave the power trunk open

for a long period of time. This may

drain the battery.

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing condi-

tions.

WARNING

Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

power trunk.Wait until the trunk

is open fully and stopped

before loading or unloading

cargo from the vehicle.

CAUTION

• Do not close or open the

power trunk manually. This

may cause damage to the

power trunk. If it is necessary

to close or open the power

trunk manually when the bat-

tery is drained or disconnect-

ed, do not apply excessive

force.

• To prevent damage to the

trunk lift cylinders and the

attached hardware, always

close the trunk before driving.

423

Features of your vehicle

Power Trunk Non-Opening or

Closing Conditions:

• The power trunk will not open or

close automatically, when the vehi-

cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3

km/h).

• The power trunk can be operated

when the engine is not running.

However, the power trunk opera-

tion consumes large amounts of

vehicle electric power. To prevent

the battery from draining, do not

operate it excessively (e.g., more

than approximately 10 times

repeatedly).

• Do not modify or repair any part of

the power trunk by yourself. This

must be done by an authorized Kia

dealer.

• Before jacking up the vehicle to

change a tire or repair the vehicle,

open the power trunk.Do not oper-

ate the power trunk when the vehi-

cle is raised or this could cause the

power trunk to operate improperly.

• If there are obstacles such as

snow on the power trunk, it may

not open automatically. After

removing the obstacle, try to open

it again.

Automatic stop and Reverse

If, during power opening or closing,

the trunk is blocked by an object or

part of someone’s body, the power

trunk will detect the resistance and it

will stop movement or move to the

full open position to allow the object

to be cleared.

However, if an object is thin or soft,

or the trunk is near the latched posi-

tion, the automatic stop and reversal

may not detect the resistance and

the closing operation will continue. If

the power trunk is forced by a strong

impact, the automatic stop and rever-

sal may operate.

OYG046018

Features of your vehicle

244

If the automatic stop and reverse fea-

ture operates more than twice during

one opening or closing operation, the

power trunk may stop at that posi-

tion.

If this occurs, close the trunk manu-

ally and operate the trunk automati-

cally again.

To Reset the Power Trunk

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, or if the related fuse

has been replaced or disconnected,

reset the power trunk as follows:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Close the trunk manually.

If the power trunk doesn't work prop-

erly after performing the above pro-

cedure, have the system checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Trunk Lid Control Button

When the trunk lid control button is

UNLOCK, the power trunk can be

controlled with the power trunk main

control button, power trunk open,

close button, and the smart key.

When this trunk lid control button is

LOCK, the power trunk can be con-

trolled using the mechanical key of

the smart key only.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury and

damage take the following pre-

cautions when operating the

power trunk:

- Keep all faces, hands, arms,

body parts and other objects

away from the path of the

power trunk.

- Do not intentionally place any

body parts or objects in the

path of the power trunk to

make sure the automatic stop

and reversal operates.

- Do not allow children to play

with the power trunk.

OYG046005

425

Features of your vehicle

Even though the trunk lid control but-

ton is LOCK, the trunk will still be

propelled upward by mechanical

force if the trunk is manually opened

more than 10 degrees beyond the

fully closed position.

In addition, if the trunk is manually

closed to the secondary latch posi-

tion, the trunk will be electrically

moved to the fully latched position.

✽✽

NOTICE

Close the trunk, and keep the trunk

lid control button in the unlock posi-

tion before washing the vehicle in an

automatic car wash.

Emergency Trunk Safety

Release

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Emergency Trunk Safety Release

lever located inside the trunk. When

someone is inadvertently locked in

the trunk, the trunk can be opened

by moving the lever in the direction of

the arrow and pushing the trunk

open.

WARNING

Always keep the Trunk Lid

Control Button in the unlock

position when not in use.

Serious injury or death can

result from unintentional opera-

tion by a child.

OYG046020

Features of your vehicle

264

• You and your passengers must be

aware of the location of the

Emergency Trunk Safety Release

lever in this vehicle and how to

open the trunk in case you are

accidentally locked in the trunk.

• Your vehicle should be kept locked

and the Smart Key should be kept

out of the reach of children.

Parents should teach their children

about the dangers of playing in

trunks.

• Use the release lever for emergen-

cies only.

WARNING

NEVER allow anyone to occupy

the trunk of the vehicle at any

time. If the trunk is partially or

totally latched and the person is

unable to get out, serious injury

or death could occur due to lack

of ventilation, exhaust fumes

and rapid heat build-up, or

because of exposure to cold

weather conditions.The trunk is

also a highly dangerous loca-

tion in the event of a crash

because it is not a protected

occupant space but is a part of

the vehicle’s crush zone.

WARNING

Make sure that there are no peo-

ple or objects in the path of the

power trunk (or smart trunk)

prior to use. Serious injury,

damage to the vehicle or dam-

age to surrounding objects may

result if contact with the power

trunk (or smart trunk) occurs.

OYG046451N

427

Features of your vehicle

On a vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the trunk can be opened with

no-touch activation using the Smart

Trunk system.

How to use the Smart Trunk

The trunk can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk does not operate

when:

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is contin-

uously detected.

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and 60 inches

(1.5 m) from the front door han-

dles. (for vehicles equipped with

Welcome Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

SMART TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG046021

Features of your vehicle

284

1. Setting

To activate the Smart Trunk, go to

User Settings Mode and select

Smart Trunk on the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

2. Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the detecting

area (20 ~ 40 inches (50 ~100 cm)

behind the vehicle) carrying a smart

key, the hazard warning lights will

blink and the chime will sound for

about 3 seconds to alert you the

smart key has been detected and the

trunk will open.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not approach the detecting area if

you do not want the trunk to open. If

you have unintentionally entered the

detecting area and the hazard warn-

ing lights and chime starts to operate,

leave the detecting area with the

smart key. The trunk will stay closed.

OYG046022N

429

Features of your vehicle

3. Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound 2 times and

then the trunk will slowly open.

Make certain that you close the trunk

before driving your vehicle.

Make sure there are no people or

objects around the trunk before

opening or closing the trunk.

Make sure to deactivate the Smart

trunk function when washing your

vehicle.

Otherwise, the trunk may open inad-

vertently.

✽✽

NOTICE

The key should be kept out of reach

of children. Children may inadver-

tently open the Smart Trunk while

playing around the rear area of the

vehicle.

How to deactivate the Smart Trunk

function using the smart key

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3.Trunk open

4. Panic

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Trunk function will

be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Trunk function

for emergency situations.

OYG046023

WARNING

Make sure objects in the rear

cargo area do not come out

when opening the trunk on the

slope way. It may cause serious

injury.

OYG046056N

Features of your vehicle

304

✽✽

NOTICE

• If you press the door unlock but-

ton (2), the Smart Trunk function

will be deactivated temporarily.

But, if you do not open any door

for 30 seconds, the smart trunk

function will be activated again.

• If you press the trunk open button

(3) for more than 1 second, the

trunk opens.

• If you press the door lock button

(1) or trunk open button (3) when

the Smart Trunk function is not in

the Detect and Alert stage, the

smart trunk function will not be

deactivated.

• In case you have deactivated the

Smart Trunk function by pressing

the smart key button and opened a

door, the smart trunk function can

be activated again by closing and

locking all doors.

Detecting area

• The Smart Trunk operates with a

welcome alert if the smart key is

detected within 20 ~ 40 inches (50

~ 100 cm) from the trunk.

• The alert stops at once if the smart

key is positioned outside the

detecting area during the Detect

and Alert stage.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The Smart Trunk function will not

work if any of the following

occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can

interfere with normal operation

of the transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a cellu-

lar phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

• The detecting range may decrease

or increase when :

- One side of the tire is raised to

replace a tire or to inspect the

vehicle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parked

on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

OYG046024N

431

Features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window

switch

(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window

up/down (Driver's and

Passenger's window)

(7) Power window lock button

In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OYG046025

■■

Front

■■

Rear

Features of your vehicle

324

Power windows

The Engine Start/Stop button must be

in the ON position for power windows

to operate. Each door has a power

window switch that controls the door’s

window. The driver has a power win-

dow lock switch which can block the

operation of rear passenger windows.

The power windows can be operated

for approximately 30 seconds after

engine is turned off. However, if the

front doors are opened, the power

windows cannot be operated even

within the 30 second period.

✽✽

NOTICE

While driving with the rear windows

down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) in an open (or partially

open) position, your vehicle may

demonstrate a wind buffeting or

pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-

mal occurrence and can be reduced

or eliminated by taking the follow-

ing actions. If the noise occurs with

one or both of the rear windows

down, partially lower both front

windows approximately one inch. If

you experience the noise with the

sunroof open, slightly reduce the

size of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

The driver’s door has a master power

window switch that controls all the

windows in the vehicle.

To open or close a window, press

down or pull up the front portion of

the corresponding switch to the first

detent position (5).

OYG046027

433

Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window

(Driver`s and Passenger`s side)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the second

detent position (6) completely lowers

or raises the window even when the

switch is released.To stop the window

at the desired position while the win-

dow is in operation, pull up or press

down and release the switch.

If the power window does not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1.Press the Engine Start/Stop

Button twice to the ON position.

2. Close the driver's and passenger's

window and continue pulling up

the driver’s power window switch

for at least 1 second after the win-

dow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

(for Auto up/down window)

If the upward movement of the win-

dow is blocked by an object or part of

the body, the window will detect the

resistance and will stop upward

movement. The window will then

lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)

to allow the object to be cleared.

The distance may vary based on the

size or position of the window. If the

window detects the resistance while

the power window switch is pulled up

continuously, the window will stop

upward movement then lower

approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

OUN026013

OYG046026

Features of your vehicle

344

If the power window switch is pulled

up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reversal fea-

ture, the automatic window reversal

will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature for the

driver’s window is only active when

the “auto up” feature is used by fully

pulling up the switch. The automatic

reverse feature will not operate if the

window is raised using the halfway

position on the power window switch.

Power window lock button

• The driver can disable the power

window switches on the passenger

doors by pressing the power win-

dow lock button located on the dri-

ver’s door to the LOCK position

(pressed).

• When the power window lock

button is pressed :

- The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.

- The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger's

power window.

- The rear passenger's control can-

not operate the rear passenger's

power window.

Always double check to make sure

all arms, hands, head and other

obstructions are safely out of the way

before closing a window.

CAUTION - Opening /clos-

ing Window

To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do

not open or close two windows

or more at the same time. This

will also ensure the longevity of

the fuse.

WARNING - Power win-

dows

Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keep

the power window lock button

(on the driver's door) in the

LOCK (pressed) position.

OYG046028

WARNING

Always check for obstructions

before raising any window to

avoid injuries or vehicle dam-

age. If an object less than 4 mm

(0.16 in.) in diameter is caught

between the window glass and

the upper window channel, the

automatic reverse window may

not detect the resistance and

will not stop and reverse direc-

tion.

435

Features of your vehicle

Opening the hood

1. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

Open the hood after turning off the

engine on a flat surface, shifting the

shift lever to the P (Park) position

and setting the parking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise

the hood slightly, push the second-

ary latch (1) left side of the hood

center and lift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will completely

rise by itself after it has been

raised about halfway.

Hood open warning

The warning message will appear on

the LCD display when hood is open.

The warning chime will operate for

about maximum 10 seconds when

the vehicle is being driven at or

above 6mph(10km/h) with the hood

open.

HOOD

OYG046029

OYG046030

OYG046172N

Features of your vehicle

364

Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:

• All filler caps in the engine com-

partment must be correctly

installed.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be

removed from the engine com-

partment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and push

down to securely lock in place.

• Then double check to be sure the

hood is secure.

• If the hood can be lifted with a

slight force, open the hood again

and close it more firmly

WARNING - Fire risk

Do not leave gloves, rags or any

other combustible material in the

engine compartment. Doing so

may cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING - Unsecured

engine hood

Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latched

before driving away. If it is not

latched, the hood could fly open

while the vehicle is being driv-

en, causing a total loss of visi-

bility, which might result in an

accident.

CAUTION - Hood obstruc-

tion

Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removed

from the hood opening. Closing

the hood with an obstruction

present in the hood opening may

result in property damage.

437

Features of your vehicle

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pressing

the fuel filler lid opener button.

If the fuel filler lid does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the lid to break

the ice and release the lid.Do not pry

on the lid. If necessary, spray around

the lid with an approved de-icer fluid

(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or

move the vehicle to a warm place

and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.

2.To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.

3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).

4.To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.

5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid

1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks” once. This indicates

that the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it

in lightly making sure that it is

securely closed.

✽✽

NOTICE

There may be an intermittent noise

near the refueling hole while the

engine is idling if the fuel cap is not

closed securely. This occurs normal-

ly with the OBD system.

✽✽

NOTICE

When refueling on unlevel ground,

the fuel gauge may not point to the F

position.

It is not a malfunction. If you move

your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel

gauge will move to the full position.

FUEL FILLER LID

OYG046031

OYG046032

Features of your vehicle

384

Emergency fuel filler lid release

If the fuel filler lid does not open

using the remote fuel filler lid

release, you can open it manually.

Remove the panel in the cargo area.

Pull the handle out slightly.

Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an accident.

✽✽

NOTICE

Tighten the cap until it clicks once,

otherwise the fuel cap open warning

indicator light will illuminate.

WARNING - Fire/explo-

sion risk

Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facili-

ty. Failure to follow all warnings

may result in severe personal

injury, severe burns or death

due to fire or explosion.

WARNING - Refueling

Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-

pletely removing the cap. If

pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skin

and subject you to the risk of

fire and burns.

CAUTION

Do not pull the handle exces-

sively, otherwise the luggage

area trim or release handle may

be damaged.

OYG046034

439

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cell phone

fires

Do not use cellular phones

while refueling. Electric current

and/or electronic interference

from cellular phones can poten-

tially ignite fuel vapors causing

a fire.

WARNING - Portable fuel

container

When using an approved

portable fuel container, be sure

to place the container on the

ground prior to refueling. Static

electricity discharge from the

container can ignite fuel vapors

causing a fire. Once refueling

has begun, contact with the

vehicle should be maintained

until the filling is complete. Use

only approved portable plastic

fuel containers designed to

carry and store gasoline.

WARNING - Static

electricity

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing another metal part of the

vehicle, a safe distance away

from the fuel filler neck, noz-

zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refueling

since you can generate static

electricity by touching, rubbing

or sliding against any item or

fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,

etc.) capable of producing static

electricity. Static electricity dis-

charge can ignite fuel vapors

resulting in rapid burning.If you

must reenter the vehicle, you

should once again eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing a metal part of the vehicle,

away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle or other gasoline source.

Features of your vehicle

404

Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the “Fuel requirements”

suggested in chapter 1.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-

ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or

the equivalent specified for your vehi-

cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can

result in a serious malfunction of the

fuel system or emission control sys-

tem.

CAUTION - Exterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any

type of fuel spilled on painted

surfaces may damage the paint.

WARNING - Smoking

DO NOT use matches or a lighter

and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit

cigarette in your vehicle while at

a gas station especially during

refueling. Automotive fuel is

highly flammable and can, when

ignited, result in fire.

WARNING - Refueling &

Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut the

engine off. Sparks produced by

electrical components related

to the engine can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. Once

refueling is complete, check to

make sure the filler cap and

filler door are securely closed,

before starting the engine.

441

Features of your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your

sunroof with the sunroof control lever

located on the overhead console.

The sunroof can be operated for

approximately 30 seconds after the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

OFF position.

However, if the front door is opened,

the sunroof cannot be operated even

within the 30 second period.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-

ing conditions.

After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is in

the tilt position nor can it be tilted

while in an open or slide position.

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION

- Sunroof

control lever

Do not continue to press the sun-

roof control lever after the sun-

roof is fully opened, closed, or

tilted. Damage to the motor or

system components could occur.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor

damage

To prevent damage to the sun-

roof, periodically remove any

dirt that may accumulate on the

guide rail.

WARNING - Roof cargo

Do not operate the sun roof

while using the roof rack to

transport cargo.This may cause

the cargo to come loose and

distract the driver.

OYG046035

Features of your vehicle

424

Sunroof open warning

(if equipped)

If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, the

warning chime will sound for a few

seconds and above warning illustra-

tion will appear on the LCD display or

the warning indicator will illuminate.

Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.

WARNING

Do not allow children to operate

the sunroof. This may result in

injury to the child.

WARNING

Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade while driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may cause

death, serious injury, or proper-

ty damage.

CAUTION

Do not extend any luggage out-

side the sunroof while driving.

OYG046145

CAUTION

Make sure the sunroof is fully

closed when leaving your vehi-

cle. If the sunroof is opened, rain

or snow may leak through the

sunroof and wet the interior as

well as cause theft.

443

Features of your vehicle

Sunshade

To open the sunshade

Push the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the 1st detent position.

To close the sunshade when the

sunroof glass is closed

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward to the 1st detent position.

To stop the sliding at any point, press

the sunshade control switch momen-

tarily.

✽✽

NOTICE

Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as

material characteristic are normal.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

Push the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the 2nd detent position, both

the sunshade and sunroof glass will

slide all the way open. To stop the

sunroof movement at any point, push

the sunroof control glass lever

momentarily.

CAUTION - Automatic

sunroof shade

• Do not pull or push the sun-

shade by hand as such action

may damage the sunshade or

cause it to malfunction.

• Close the sunroof when driv-

ing in dusty environments.

Dust may cause a malfunction

of the vehicle system.

OYG046452L OYG046036

Features of your vehicle

444

When the sunshade is opened

If you push the sunroof control lever

backward, the sunroof glass will slide

all the way open. To stop the sunroof

movement at any point, push the sun-

roof control lever momentarily.

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body is

detected while the sunroof is closing

automatically, it will reverse the direc-

tion, and then stop.

The auto reverse function does not

work if a tiny obstacle is between the

sliding glass and the sunroof sash.

You should always check that all pas-

sengers and objects are away from

the sunroof before closing it.

OXM049029

WARNING - Sunroof

Operation

When closing the sunroof, make

sure there are no body parts in

the movement range of the slid-

ing roof. Parts of the body could

become trapped or crushed.

WARNING - Sunroof

• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed

by a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,

arms or body outside the sun-

roof while driving.

445

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you drive with the sunroof opened

right after a vehicle wash or rain,

water may get inside the vehicle.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

Push the sunroof control lever upward,

the sunshade will slide all the way

open then the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened

Push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

Closing the sunroof

To close the sunroof glass with

the sunshade

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward to the first detent position.

To close the sunroof glass only

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward to the second detent position.

The sunroof glass will close then the

sunshade close automatically.

To stop the sunroof movement at any

point, push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the sun-

roof, periodically remove any

dirt that may accumulate on the

guide rail.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor

damage

If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is below

freezing or when the sunroof is

covered with snow or ice, the

glass or the motor could be

damaged.

OYG046037

Features of your vehicle

464

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-

connected or discharged, you must

reset your sunroof system as follows:

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-

connected or discharged, you must

reset your sunroof system as follows:

1.Start the engine.

2.Close the sunshade and sunroof

completely if opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.

4.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close

(about 10 seconds) until the sun-

shade slightly moves. Then,

release the lever.

5.Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close, until

the sunroof operates as follows

again:

Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt Open

→ Glass Tilt Close → Glass Slide

Open → Glass Slide Close →

Sunshade Close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof

system has been reset and one

touch open and close should be

restored.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you do not reset the sunroof, it

may not work properly.

447

Features of your vehicle

Electric power steering (EPS)

The power steering uses a motor to

assist you in steering the vehicle. If

the engine is off or if the power steer-

ing system becomes inoperative, the

vehicle may still be steered, but it will

require increased steering effort.

The motor driven power steering is

controlled by a power steering con-

trol unit which senses the steering

wheel torque and vehicle speed to

command the motor.

The steering becomes heavier as the

vehicle’s speed increases and

becomes lighter as the vehicle’s

speed decreases for optimum steer-

ing control.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the power

steering checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate on

the instrument cluster.The steering

wheel may require increased

steering effort.Take your vehicle to

an authorized Kia dealer and have

the vehicle checked as soon as

possible.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, noise

may occur.If temperature rises, the

noise will likely disappear.This is a

normal condition.

• When the vehicle is stationary, and

the steering wheel is turned all the

way to the left or right continuous-

ly, the steering wheel becomes

harder to turn. The power assist is

limited to protect the motor from

overheating.

As time passes, the steering wheel

will return to its normal condition.

✽✽

NOTICE

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The EPS warning light does not

illuminate.

• The steering gets heavy immedi-

ately after turning the ignition

switch on. This happens as the sys-

tem performs the EPS system

diagnostics. When the diagnostics

are completed, the steering wheel

will return to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from

the EPS relay after the Engine

Start/Stop button is turned to the

ON or OFF position.

• A motor noise may be heard when

the vehicle is at a stop or at a low

driving speed.

• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate on

the instrument cluster. The power

steering system will not operate

and steering effort can highly

increase. Take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

(Continued)

STEERING WHEEL

Features of your vehicle

484

(Continued)

• When the charging system warning

light comes on due to the low volt-

age (When the alternator or bat-

tery) does not operate normally or

malfunctions), the steering wheel

may require increased steering

effort.

Tilt and telescopic steering

Tilt and telescopic steering allows

you to adjust the steering wheel

before you drive.You can also raise it

to give your legs more room when

you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-

tioned so that it is comfortable for

you to drive, while permitting you to

see the instrument panel warning

lights and gauges.

Manual type

To change the steering wheel angle,

pull down the lock-release lever (1),

adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3) then

pull up the lock-release lever to lock

(4) the steering wheel in place. Be

sure to adjust the steering wheel to

the desired position before driving.

▼

WARNING - Steering

wheel adjustment

Never adjust the angle and

height of the steering wheel

while driving. You may lose

steering control.

OYG046038

449

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

After adjustment, sometimes the

lock release lever may not lock the

steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-

tion. This occurs when two gears are

not engaged correctly. In this case,

adjust the steering wheel again and

then lock the steering wheel.

Electric type

Adjust the steering wheel angle (2)

and position (3) with the knob (1) on

the steering column. Move the steer-

ing wheel, so it points toward your

chest, not toward your face. Make

sure you can see the instrument

panel warning lights and gauges.

After adjusting, push the steering

wheel both up and down to be cer-

tain it is locked in position. Always

adjust the position of the steering

wheel before driving.

▼

OYG046039

CAUTION

To prevent discharge of the bat-

tery, do not operate when the

engine is stopped.

Features of your vehicle

504

Heated steering wheel

(if equipped)

With the Engine Start/Stop Button in

the ON position, pressing the heat-

ed steering wheel button warms the

steering wheel. The indicator on the

button will illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button once again. The

indicator on the button will turn off.

✽✽

NOTICE

The heated steering wheel will turn

off automatically approximately 30

minutes after the heated steering

wheel is turned on.

OYG046040

CAUTION

• Do not install any type of grip

cover for the steering wheel, it

may impair the function of the

heated steering wheel system.

• When cleaning the heated

steering wheel, do not use an

organic solvent such as paint

thinner, benzene, alcohol and

gasoline. Doing so may dam-

age the surface of the steering

wheel.

• If the surface of steering

wheel is damaged by sharp

object, damage to the heated

steering wheel components

could occur.

WARNING

If the steering wheel becomes

too warm, turn the system off.

The heated steering wheel may

cause burns even at low tem-

peratures, especially if used for

long periods of time.

451

Features of your vehicle

Horn

To sound the horn, press the horn

symbols on your steering wheel.

Check the horn regularly to be sure it

operates properly.

✽✽

NOTICE

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on

your steering wheel (see illustra-

tion). The horn will operate only

when this area is pressed.

OYG046041

Features of your vehicle

524

MIRRORS

Inside rearview mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror so that the

center view through the rear window

is seen. Make this adjustment before

you start driving.

Do not place objects in the rear seat

or cargo area which would interfere

with your vision through the rear win-

dow.

Day/night rearview mirror

(if equipped)

Make this adjustment before you

start driving and while the day/night

lever (3) is in the day position.

Pull the day/night lever (3) toward

you to reduce the glare from the

headlights of the vehicles behind you

during night driving.

Remember that you lose some

rearview clarity in the night position.

❈ (1) : Day, (2) : Night

WARNING - Mirror adjust-

ment

Do not adjust the rearview mir-

ror while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol.

WARNING

Do not modify the inside mirror

and don’t install a wide mirror. It

could result in injury during an

accident or deployment of the

air bag.

OYG046054L

453

Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

with HomeLink

system and com-

pass (if equipped)

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with a Z-Nav

Electronic Compass

Display and an Integrated

HomeLink

Wireless Control

System.

During nighttime driving, this feature

will automatically detect and reduce

rearview mirror glare while the com-

pass indicates the direction the vehi-

cle is pointed. The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver allows you to

activate your garage door(s), electric

gate, home lighting, etc.

(1) Channel 1 button

(2) Channel 2 button

(3) Status indicator LED

(4) Channel 3 button

(5) Rear light sensor

(6) Dimming ON/OFF button

(7) Compass control button

(8) Compass display

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS

) Mirror

The NVS

Mirror in your vehicle is

the most advanced way to reduce

annoying glare in the rearview mirror

during any driving situation.For more

information regarding NVS

mirrors

and other applications, please refer

to the Gentex website:

www.gentex.com

❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered

trademark of Gentex Corporation.

OJFA045335

CAUTION

The NVS

Mirror automatically

reduces glare during driving

conditions based upon light lev-

els monitored in front of the

vehicle and from the rear of the

vehicle. These light sensors are

visible through openings in the

front and rear of the mirror case.

Any object that obstructs either

light sensor will degrade the

automatic dimming control fea-

ture.

Features of your vehicle

544

Automatic-dimming function

Your mirror will automatically dim

upon detecting glare from the vehi-

cles traveling behind you. The auto-

dimming function can be controlled

by the Dimming ON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the

auto-dimming function OFF which

is indicated by the green Status

Indicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns

the auto-dimming function ON

which is indicated by the green

Status Indicator LED turning on.

✽✽

NOTICE

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS

Mirror in your vehicle is

also equipped with a Z-NAV™

Compass that shows the vehicle

Compass heading in the Display

Window using the 8 basic cardinal

headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark

of Gentex Corporation.

455

Features of your vehicle

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON and

OFF and will remember the last state

when the ignition is cycled. To turn

the display feature ON/OFF:

1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.

2. Press and release the button

again to turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set with

press and hold sequences of the

button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. The com-

pass in the mirror can compensate

for this difference when it knows the

Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-

ing.This is set either by the dealer or

by the user. The operating Zone

Numbers for North America are

shown in the figure on the following

section.

B520C05NF

Features of your vehicle

564

To adjust the Zone setting:

1.Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current

location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for

more than 3, but less than 6 sec-

onds, the current Zone Number

will appear on the display.

3. Pressing and holding the button

again will cause the numbers to

increment (Note: they will repeat

…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing

the button when the desired Zone

Number appears on the display

will set the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds, the com-

pass will start displaying a com-

pass heading again.

There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-

nets, such as installing a ski rack or

a CB antenna. Body repair work on

the vehicle can also cause changes

to the vehicle's magnetic field. In

these situations, the compass will

need to be re-calibrated to quickly

correct for these changes.To re-cali-

brate the compass:

1. Press and hold the button for

more than 6 seconds. When the

compass memory is cleared, a "C"

will appear in the display.

2.To calibrate the compass, drive the

vehicle in 2 complete circles at

less than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink

Wireless Control

System provides a convenient way to

replace up to three hand-held radio-

frequency (RF) transmitters with a

single built-in device. This innovative

feature will learn the radio frequency

codes of most current transmitters to

operate devices such as gate opera-

tors, garage door openers, entry

door locks, security systems, even

home lighting. Both standard and

rolling code-equipped transmitters

can be programmed by following the

outlined procedures. Additional

HomeLink

information can be found

at: www.homelink.com or by calling

1-800-355-3515.

❈ HomeLink

is a registered trade-

mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

457

Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter of the

RF device you are programming for

use in other vehicles as well as for

future HomeLink

programming. It is

also suggested that upon the sale of

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

buttons be erased for

security purposes.

Programming HomeLink

✽✽

NOTICE

• When programming a garage

door opener, it is advised to park

the vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-

tery be placed in the hand-held

transmitter of the device being pro-

grammed to HomeLink

for quick-

er training and accurate transaxle of

the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the igni-

tion switch to be turned to the sec-

ond position for programming

and/or operation of HomeLink

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questions

after following the programming

steps listed below, contact

HomeLink

at: www.homelink.com

or 1-800-355-3515.

Standard programming

To train most devices, follow these

instructions:

1. For first-time programming, press

and hold the two outside buttons,

HomeLink

Channel 1 and

Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi-

cator light begins to flash (after 20

seconds). Release both buttons.

Do not hold the buttons for longer

than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-held

transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)

away from the HomeLink

buttons

while keeping the indicator light in

view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold

both the HomeLink

and hand-

held transmitter button. DO NOT

release the buttons until step 4

has been completed.

4.While continuing to hold the but-

tons the red Indicator Status LED

will flash slowly and then rapidly

after HomeLink

successfully

trains to the frequency signal from

the hand-held transmitter.Release

both buttons.

Features of your vehicle

584

5. Press and hold the just-trained

HomeLink

button and observe

the red Status Indicator LED.If the

indicator light stays on constantly,

programming is complete and

your device should activate when

the HomeLink

button is pressed

and released.

6.To program the remaining two

HomeLink

buttons, follow steps 2

through 5.

Rolling code programming

Rolling code devices which are

“code-protected” and manufactured

after 1996 may be determined by the

following:

• Reference the device owner's

manual for verification.

• The handheld transmitter appears

to program the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver but does not

activate the device.

• Press and hold the trained

HomeLink

button.The device has

the rolling code feature if the indi-

cator light flashes rapidly and then

turns solid after 2 seconds.

To train rolling code devices, follow

these instructions:

1.At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage,

locate the “learn” or “smart” button.

This can usually be found where

the hanging antenna wire is

attached to the motor-head unit.

Exact location and color of the but-

ton may vary by garage door open-

er brand.

If there is difficulty locating the

training button, reference the

device owner's manual or please

visit our web site at www.home-

link.com.

2.Firmly press and release the

“learn” or “smart” button (which

activates the “training light”).

✽✽

NOTICE

There are 30 seconds in which to ini-

tiate step 3.

459

Features of your vehicle

3.Return to the vehicle, firmly press

and hold for two seconds the

desired HomeLink

button then

release. Repeat the

“press/hold/release” sequence a

second time to complete the pro-

gramming. (Some devices may

require you to repeat this sequence

a third time to complete the pro-

gramming.)

4.Press and hold the just-trained

HomeLink

button and observe the

red Status Indicator LED. If the indi-

cator light stays on constantly, pro-

gramming is complete and your

device should activate.

5.To program the remaining two

HomeLink

buttons, follow either

steps 1 through 4 above for other

Rolling Code devices or steps 2

through 5 in Standard Programming

for standard devices.

Gate operator & Canadian pro-

gramming

During programming, your handheld

transmitter may automatically stop

transmitting. Continue to press the

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System button (note steps 2

through 4 in the Standard

Programming portion of this docu-

ment) while you press and re-press

(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter

every two seconds until the frequen-

cy signal has been learned.The indi-

cator light will flash slowly and then

rapidly after several seconds upon

successful training.

Operating HomeLink

To operate, simply press and release

the programmed HomeLink

button.

Activation will now occur for the

trained device (i.e. garage door

opener, gate operator, security sys-

tem, entry door lock, home/office

lighting, etc.). For convenience, the

hand-held transmitter of the device

may also be used at any time.

Features of your vehicle

604

Reprogramming a single

HomeLink

button

To program a new device to a previ-

ously trained HomeLink

button, fol-

low these steps:

1.Press and hold the desired

HomeLink

button. Do NOT

release until step 4 has been com-

pleted.

2.When the indicator light begins to

flash slowly (after 20 seconds),

position the handheld transmitter 1

to 3 inches away from the

HomeLink

surface.

3.Press and hold the handheld

transmitter button.The HomeLink

indicator light will flash, first slowly

and then rapidly.

4.When the indicator light begins to

flash rapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trained

HomeLink

button and observe

the red Status Indicator LED.If the

indicator light stays on constantly,

programming is complete and

your new device should activate.

Erasing HomeLink

buttons

Individual buttons cannot be erased.

However, to erase all three pro-

grammed buttons:

1.Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink

buttons until the indi-

cator light begins to flash-after 20

seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold

for longer than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System is now in the training

(learn) mode and can be pro-

grammed at any time following the

appropriate steps in the

Programming sections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3

IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

Pursuant to Code of Federal

Regulations, Title 47, Part 15

(“FCC Rules”)

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

461

Features of your vehicle

The transceiver has been tested and

complies with FCC and Industry

Canada rules. Changes or modifica-

tions not expressly approved by the

party responsible for compliance

could void the user's authority to

operate the device.

NVS

and Z-NAV™ are registered

trademarks. Nav

are of Gentex

Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.

HomeLink

is a registered trademark

owned by Johnson Controls

Technology Company, Holland,

Michigan.

Outside rearview mirror

Be sure to adjust the mirror angles

before driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand outside

rearview mirrors.The mirrors can be

adjusted remotely with the remote

switch.The mirror heads can be fold-

ed back to prevent damage during an

automatic vehicle wash or when

passing through a narrow street.

The right outside rearview mirror is

convex. Objects seen in the mirror

are closer than they appear.

Use your interior rearview mirror or

direct observation to determine the

actual distance of following vehicles

when changing lanes.

If the mirror is jammed with ice, do

not adjust the mirror by force.Use an

approved spray de-icer (not radiator

antifreeze) to release the frozen

mechanism or move the vehicle to a

warm place and allow the ice to melt.

WARNING - Mirror

adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outside

rearview mirrors while the vehi-

cle is moving. This could result

in loss of control.

CAUTION - Rearview

mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the sur-

face of the glass. If ice should

restrict the movement of the mir-

ror, do not force the mirror for

adjustment.To remove ice, use a

deicer spray, a sponge or soft

cloth with very warm water.

Features of your vehicle

624

Adjusting outside rearview mirror

The electric remote control mirror

switch allows you to adjust the posi-

tion of the left and right outside

rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-

tion of either mirror, press the R or L

button (1) to select the right side mir-

ror or the left side mirror, then press a

corresponding point ( ) on the mir-

ror adjustment control to position the

selected mirror up, down, left or right.

After adjustment, press the R or L

button again to prevent the inadver-

tent adjustment.

Reverse parking aid function

(if equipped)

While the vehicle is moving in

reverse, the outside rearview mir-

ror(s) will move downward to aid

reverse parking. According to the

position of the outside rearview mir-

ror switch (1), the outside rearview

mirror(s) will operate as follows:

OYG046047

CAUTION - Outside mirror

• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum

adjusting angles, but the

motor continues to operate

while the switch is pressed.

Do not press the switch longer

than necessary, the motor

may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the

outside rearview mirror by

hand. Doing so may damage

the parts.

OYG046049

463

Features of your vehicle

L/R : When the remote control outside

rearview mirror switch (1) is

selected to the L (left) or R (right)

position, both outside rearview

mirrors will move downward.

Neutral : When the remote control

outside rearview mirror

switch is placed in the mid-

dle, the outside rearview

mirrors will not operate

while the vehicle is moving

rearward.

The outside rearview mirrors will auto-

matically revert to their original posi-

tions under the following conditions:

1.The Engine Start/Stop button is in

the OFF position.

2. Shift lever is moved to any position

except R (Reverse).

3. Remote control outside rearview

mirror switch is placed in the middle.

Folding the outside rearview mirror

(if equipped)

Electric type

The outside rearview mirror can be

folded or unfolded by pressing the

switch as below.

Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.

Right (2) :The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO, 3) :

The mirror will fold or unfold automat-

ically as follows:

• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by

the folding key or smart key.

• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by the

button on the outside door handle.

• The mirror will unfold when you

approach the vehicle (all doors

closed and locked) with a smart

key in possession. (if equipped)

OYG046048L

CAUTION - Electric type

outside rearview mirror

The electric type outside rearview

mirror operates even though the

engine start/stop button is in the

OFF position.However,to prevent

unnecessary battery discharge,

do not adjust the mirrors longer

than necessary while the engine

is not running.

In case it is an electric type out-

side rearview mirror, don’t fold it

by hand.It could cause motor fail-

ure.

Features of your vehicle

644

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1.Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6.Warning and indicator lights

OYG046100N/OYG046101N

■■

Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.

■■

Type B

465

Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster

Illumination

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is changed by

pressing the illumination control button

(“+” or “-”) when the Engine Start/Stop

button is ON, or the taillights are

turned on.

• If you hold the illumination control

button (“+” or “-”), the brightness

will be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to the

maximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons

on the steering wheel.

OYG046102

OYG046157L

OYG046103L

OYG046104L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Features of your vehicle

664

(1) : MODE button for changing

modes

(2) / /OK : SELECT scroll switch

for setting the

selected item and

RESET scroll switch

for resetting items

(3) : RETURN button for moving

the previous mode or item

(if equipped)

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

Gauges

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated

in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-

meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-

lutions per minute (rpm).

Use the tachometer to select the cor-

rect shift points and to prevent lug-

ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OQL045184

OYG046106

CAUTION - Red zone

Do not operate the engine with-

in the tachometer's RED ZONE.

This may cause severe engine

damage.

467

Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

Engine Start/Stop button is ON.

If the gauge pointer moves beyond

the normal range area toward the “H”

position, it indicates overheating that

may damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with an over-

heated engine. If your vehicle over-

heats, refer to “If the Engine

Overheats” in chapter 6.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light which will

illuminate when the fuel tank is

nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel

gauge pointer may fluctuate or the

low fuel warning light may come

on earlier than usual due to the

movement of fuel in the tank.

OYG046108

WARNING - Hot radiator

Never remove the radiator cap

when the engine is hot. The

engine coolant is under pres-

sure and could cause severe

burns. Wait until the engine is

cool before adding coolant to

the reservoir.

OYG046168N

Features of your vehicle

684

✽✽

NOTICE - Fuel gauge

Running out of fuel can expose vehi-

cle occupants to danger. You must

top and obtain additional fuel as

soon as possible after the warning

light comes on or when the gauge

indicator comes close to the “E

(Empty)” level.

✽✽

NOTICE

Fuel display may not be accurate if

you are filling in sloping places.

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

- Odometer range :0 ~ 999999 miles

or 0 ~ 1599999 kilometers.

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 211°F

(-40°C ~ 85°C)

CAUTION - Low fuel

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of

fuel could cause the engine to

misfire damaging the catalytic

converter.

OYG046116N

OYG046117N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OYG046118N

OYG046119N

■ Type A

■ Type B

469

Features of your vehicle

The outside temperature on the dis-

play may not change immediately

like a general thermometer to pre-

vent the driver from being distracted.

To change the temperature unit (from

°C to °F or from °F to °C)

The temperature unit can be

changed by using the “User Settings”

mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

Transaxle Shift Indicator

Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator

This indicator displays which auto-

matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

•Park :P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

•Drive :D

• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

OYG046120

OYG046121

■ Type A

■ Type B

Features of your vehicle

704

Over view

LCD windows show the following var-

ious information to drivers.

- Trip information

- LCD modes

- Warning messages

Trip information (Trip computer)

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer (for example

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the

battery is disconnected.

LCD WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG046162L

OYG046161L

■ Type A

■ Type B

471

Features of your vehicle

Trip Modes Fuel Economy

Distance To Empty (1)

• The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

- Distance range : 1 ~ 9999mi or 1

~ 9999km.

• If the estimated distance is below

1mi (1km) the trip computer will dis-

play “---” as distance to empty.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been

interrupted, the distance to empty

function may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differ

from the actual driving distance as

it is an estimate of the available

driving distance.

• The trip computer may not regis-

ter additional fuel if less than

1.6gallons (6liters) of fuel are

added to the vehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance to

empty may vary significantly based

on driving conditions, driving

habits, and condition of the vehicle.

OYG046153N

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Timer

Accumulated Info

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Timer

Digital speedometer

Drive Info

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

TRIP

Smart Shift

Features of your vehicle

724

Average Fuel Economy (2)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9

MPG or L/100km

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button

(reset) on the steering wheel for

more than 1 second when the aver-

age fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economy

be reset automatically whenever

refueling, select the “Fuel economy

auto reset” mode in User Setting

menu of the LCD window (Refer to

“LCD window”).

Under “Fuel economy auto reset”

mode, the average fuel economy will

be cleared to zero (---) when the vehi-

cle speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h)

after refueling more than 2 gallons (6

liters).

✽✽

NOTICE

The average fuel economy is not dis-

played for more accurate calculation

if the vehicle does not drive more

than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50

meters) since Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is turned to ON.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)

• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-

onds when the vehicle speed is

more than 4.9 mph (8 km/h).

- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50

(MPG), 0 ~ 30 (km/L, L/100 km).

CAUTION - Low Fuel

Level

Level warning light on or with

the fuel level below “0 or E” can

cause the engine to misfire and

damage the catalytic converter

(if equipped).

473

Features of your vehicle

Accumulated driving information

mode

Displays accumulated information

starting from mileage/fuel

efficiency/time default point.

• Accumulated information is calcu-

lated after the vehicle has run for

more than 0.19 mi (300 meters).

• If you press “OK” button for more

than 1 second after the Cumulative

Information is displayed, the infor-

mation will be reset.

• If the engine is running, even when

the vehicle is not in motion, the

information will be accumulated.

One time driving information mode

The vehicle will display Driving

Information once per one ignition cycle.

- Fuel efficiency is calculated after the

vehicle has run for more than 0.19 mi

(300 meters).

- The Driving Information will be reset

4 hours after ignition has been turned

off. So, when the vehicle ignition is

turned on within 4 hours, the informa-

tion will not be reset.

- If you press “OK” button for more

than 1 second after the Driving

Information is displayed, the informa-

tion will be reset.

- If the engine is running, even when

the vehicle is not in motion, the infor-

mation will be accumulated.

OYG046154N

OYG046155N

Features of your vehicle

744

Digital speedometer

This mode displays the current

speed of the vehicle.

LCD Modes

(1) Trip Computer mode

This mode displays driving informa-

tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,

and so on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Trip

Computer” in this chapter.

(2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

(3) ASCC/LDWS (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

Advanced Smart Cruise Control

(ASCC) and Lane Departure

Warning System (LDWS).

(4) User Setting mode

On this mode, you can change set-

tings of the doors, lamps and so on.

(5) Master warning mode

This mode informs of warning mes-

sages related to washer fluid or mal-

function of Blind Spot Detection sys-

tem (BSD) and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes,

refer to “LCD window Control” in

this chapter.

OYG046156N

OYG046453L

475

Features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

ASCC/LDWS Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

Advanced Smart Cruise Control

(ASCC) and Lane Departure

Warning System (LDWS).

❈ For more information, refer to

“Advanced Smart Cruise Control

(ASCC)” and “Lane Departure

Warning System (LDWS)” in chap-

ter 5.

OYG046123N

OYG046124N

OYG046169N

■ ASCC

■ LDWS

Features of your vehicle

764

Service Mode

Service in

It calculates and displays when you

need a scheduled maintenance

service (mileage or days).

If the remaining mileage or time

reaches 900 mi (1,500 km) or 30

days, “Service in” message is dis-

played for several seconds each time

you set the Engine Start/Stop Button

to the ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle serv-

iced according to the already inputted

service interval, “Service required”

message is displayed for several sec-

onds each time you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

To reset the service interval to the

mileage and days you inputted before:

• Press the OK button (reset) for

more than 1 second.

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the following conditions

occurs, the mileage and days may be

incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

OYG046164L

OYG046163N

477

Features of your vehicle

User Settings Mode

On this mode, you can change set-

ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

(if equipped)

• Display Height : Adjust the height

of the HUD image on the wind-

shield glass.

• Rotation : Adjust the degree of the

HUD rotation.

• Brightness :Adjust the intensity of

the HUD brightness

• Contents Select

- Activate or deactivate each con-

tents of the HUD.

-Turn by Turn*

- Traffic Information*

- Advanced Smart Cruise control*

- Cruise control*

- Blind Spot Detection*

* : if equipped

•

peedometer Size : Choose the

size of the HUD speedometer

(Small, Medium, Large).

• Speedometer Color : Choose the

color of the HUD speedometer

(White, Orange, Green).

✽✽

NOTICE

If you select the Turn By Turn

(TBT) navigation information as

HUD contents, the Turn By Turn

(TBT) navigation information will

not be displayed on the LCD.

OYG046129L

WARNING

Do not adjust the User Setting

while driving.You may lose your

steering control and cause

severe personal injury or acci-

dents.

Features of your vehicle

784

Driving Assist (if equipped)

• Smart Cruise Control Response

(if equipped) : Choose the sensi-

tivity of the smart cruise control.

❈For more details, refer to

“Advanced Smart Cruise Control

System” in chapter 5

• AEB (Autonomous Emergency

Braking) (if equipped) : To acti-

vate or deactivate the AEB system.

❈For more details, refer to

“Autonomous Emergency Braking

(AEB)” in chapter 5.

• FCW (Forward Collision Warning)

(if equipped) :Choose the sensitiv-

ity of the FCW.

❈For more details, refer to

“Autonomous Emergency Braking

(AEB)” in chapter 5.

• LCA (Lane change assist) (if

equipped) : To adjust the initial

warning alert time for the Lane

Change Assist.

❈For more information, refer to “Blind

Spot Detection System” in chapter

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if

equipped) : If this item is checked,

the rear cross traffic alert function

will be activated.

❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot

Detection System” in chapter 5.

• BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

Sound (if equipped) : If this item

checked, the blind spot detection

sound will be activated.

❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot

Detection System” in chapter 5

Door

• Automatically Lock

- Enable on Speed :All doors will be

automatically locked when the

vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph

(15 km/h).

- Enable on Shift : All doors will be

automatically locked if the

transaxle shift lever is shifted from

the P (Park) position to the R

(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)

position.

• Automatically Unlock

- Off : The auto door unlock opera-

tion will be canceled.

- Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors

will be automatically unlocked

when the Engine Star/Stop button

is set to the OFF position.

- On Shift to P : All doors will be

automatically unlocked if the

transaxle shift lever is shifted to the

P (Park) position.

479

Features of your vehicle

• Two Press Unlock (if equipped)

- Off :The two press unlock function

will be deactivated. Therefore, all

doors will unlock if the door is

unlocked.

- On : The driver’s door will unlock if

the door is unlocked. When the

door is unlocked again within 4

seconds, all doors will unlock.

• Door Lock Sound (if equipped) :

If this item checked, the door lock

sound function will be activated

when locking doors.

• Smart Trunk (if equipped) :To

activate or deactivate the Smart

Trunk system.

❈For more details, refer to “Smart

Trunk” in this chapter.

Lights

• One Touch Turn Signal

- Off :The one touch turn lamp func-

tion will be deactivated.

- 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change

signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times

when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

❈For more details, refer to “Lighting”

in this chapter.

• Headlamp escort (if equipped) :

If this item checked, the headlamp

escort function will be activated.

• Welcome Light (if equipped) :If

this item checked, the welcome

light function will be activated.

Sound

• Park Assist System Vol. (if

equipped) : Adjust the Park Assist

System volume. (Level 1~3)

❈For more details, refer to “Parking

Assist System” in this chapter.

• Cluster voice guide Vol. (if

equipped) : Adjust the cluster

voice guide volume. (Level 0~3)

• Welcome Sound (if equipped) :If

this item checked, the welcome

sound function will be activated.

Features of your vehicle

804

Convenience

• Seat Easy Access (if equipped)

- None :The seat easy access func-

tion will be deactivated.

- Normal/Enhanced :When you turn

off the engine, the driver’s seat will

automatically move rear 3inches

(7.6cm) (Enhanced) for you to

enter or exit the vehicle more com-

fortably.

If you change the Engine

Start/Stop Button from OFF posi-

tion to the AC function, the driver’s

seat will return to the original posi-

tion.

❈For more details, refer to “Driver

Position Memory System” in chap-

ter 3.

• Steering Easy Access

(if equipped)

- On (checked) : The steering wheel

will automatically move forward or

rearward for the driver enter or exit

the vehicle comfortably.

- Off (unchecked) : The steering

easy access function will be deac-

tivated.

❈For more details, refer to “Driver

Position Memory System” in chap-

ter 3.

• Wireless smart phone charging

system (if equipped) : If this item

checked, the Wireless smart

phone charging system will be acti-

vated.

• Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) :

If this item checked, the Wiper/Light

Display will be activated.

• Gear position pop up (if

equipped) : To activate or deacti-

vate the gear position pop-up.

When activated, the gear position

will be displayed on the LCD dis-

play.

Service interval

• Service Interval

To activate or deactivate the service

interval function.

• Adjust Interval

To adjust the interval by mileage and

period.

• Reset

To reset the service interval function

Other Features

481

Features of your vehicle

• Fuel Economy Auto Reset

- Off : The average fuel economy

will not reset automatically when-

ever refueling.

- After Ignition : The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

whenever it has passed 4 hours

after turning OFF the engine.

- After Refueling :The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

when refueling.

❈For more details, refer to “Trip

Computer” in this chapter.

• Fuel Economy Unit : Choose the

fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK

gallon)

• Temperature Unit :Choose the tem-

perature unit.(°C,°F)

• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) :

Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi,

kPa, Bar)

• Language : Choose the language.

Warning messages

Warning messages appear on the

LCD to warn the driver.It is located in

the center of the instrument cluster.

The warning message may appear

differently depending on the type of

instrument cluster and some may not

show the warning message at all.

The warning message is shown in

either symbol, symbol and text, or

text type only.

Door or Trunk open

• It means that any door or trunk is

open.

OYG046144

Features of your vehicle

824

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• This warning is displayed if you

turn off the engine when the sun-

roof is open.

Engine has overheated

This warning message illuminates

when the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 248°F (120°C).

This means that the engine is over-

heated and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer to

“Overheating” in chapter 6.

Turn on FUSE SWITCH (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuse switch under the steer-

ing wheel is OFF.

• It means that you should turn the

fuse switch on.

❈For more details, refer to “Fuses”in

chapter 7.

Shift to P (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates if

you try to turn off the engine without

the shift lever in P (Park) position.

If the driver’s door is opened with

the Engine Start/Stop Button in the

ACC or ON position and shift lever

is not in P(Park) position, the mes-

sage above will appear.

• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

Button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button once more, it will turn to the

ON position).

OYG046166L

■ Type B

OYG046165L

■ Type A

OYG046145

483

Features of your vehicle

Low Key Battery

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the battery of the smart key is

discharged when the Engine

Start/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

Press START button while turning

wheel (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not

unlock normally when the Engine

Start/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press the

Engine Start/Stop Button while

turning the steering wheel right

and left.

Press brake pedal to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the Engine Start/Stop Button

changes to the ACC position twice

by pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

• It means that you should always

have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not detected

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

Vehicle is On(for smart key system)

• If the driver’s door is opened with

the engine start/stop button in the

ON position and shift lever in

P(Park) position, the message

above will appear.

Features of your vehicle

844

Press START button again

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you can not operate the Engine

Start/Stop Button when there is a

problem with the Engine Start/Stop

Button system.

• It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates each

time you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button, we recommend

that you have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

Press START button with key

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button while the warning message

“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-

tor light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the brake switch fuse is discon-

nected.

• It means that you should replace

the fuse with a new one. If that is

not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in

the ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to start the engine with

the shift lever not in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can start the engine with the

shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

But, for your safety, we recommend

that you start the engine with the

shift lever in the P (Park) position.

485

Features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

on the service reminder mode if

the washer fluid level in the reser-

voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill the

washer fluid.

Low Fuel

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuel tank is nearly empty.

- When the low fuel level warning

light is illuminates.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Device in wireless charger

(if equipped)

Warning messages will illuminate

when the vehicle ignition is in OFF

and the smart phone is on the wire-

less charging pad in below two situa-

tions.

1.When the driver or passenger

door is opened

2.When one minute passed after the

ignition has been turned OFF (and

the door has not been opened for

more than one minute)

❈For more details, refer to “Smart

Phone Wireless Charger” in this

chapter.

Check headlamp LED (if equipped)

This warning message illuminates if

the headlamp does not turned on

normally when you turn the head

lamp on.In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Features of your vehicle

864

Warning lights

✽✽

NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights

are OFF after starting the engine. If

any light is still ON, this indicates a

situation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat

Belts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

487

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds

- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoir

is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and add

fluid as required (For more details,

refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 8).

Then check all brake components

for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the

brake system are still found, the

warning light remains on, or the

brakes do not operate properly, do

not drive the vehicle.

In this case, have your vehicle

towed to an authorized Kia dealer

and inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure are

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Driving the vehicle with a warning

light ON is dangerous. If the Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

illuminate with the parking brake

released, it indicates that the brake

fluid level is low.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Features of your vehicle

884

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys-

tem will still be operational without

the assistance of the anti-lock

brake system).

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Electronic

Brake force

Distribution

(EBD) System

Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at

the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE - Electronic Brake

force Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on

or both ABS and Parking Brake &

Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,

the speedometer, odometer, or trip-

meter may not work. Also, the EPS

Warning Light may illuminate and

the steering effort may increase or

decrease.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer as

soon as possible.

WARNING - Electronic

Brake force Distribution

(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking thereby

increasing the risk of a crash

and injury. In this case, avoid

high speed driving and abrupt

braking. Have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

489

Features of your vehicle

Electronic Power

Steering (EPS) Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the emission control system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

CAUTION - Catalytic

Converter Damage

If the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-

tial catalytic converter damage

is possible which could result in

loss of engine power.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control systems which could

affect drivability and/or fuel

economy.

Features of your vehicle

904

Charging System

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

either the alternator or electrical

charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either

the alternator or electrical charging

system:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,

there may be a problem in the

electrical charging system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,

refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7).If

the level is low, add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on

after adding oil or if oil is not avail-

able, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer as

soon as possible.

CAUTION - Engine

Overheating

Do not continue driving with the

engine overheated. Otherwise

engine may be damaged.

CAUTION - Engine

damage

If the engine is not stopped

immediately after the engine oil

pressure warning light is illumi-

nated and stays on while the

engine is running, serious

engine damage may result.

491

Features of your vehicle

If the warning light stays on while the

engine is running, it indicates that

there may be serious engine dam-

age or malfunction. In this case,

1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.

2.Turn off the engine and check the

oil level.If the oil level is low, fill the

engine oil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again.If the warn-

ing light stays on after the engine

is started, turn the engine off

immediately. In this case, have

your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated.

❈For more details, refer to “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 60 seconds

or repeats blinking and off at the

intervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

❈For more details, refer to “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle instability,

immediately take your foot off the

accelerator pedal, apply the brakes

gradually with light force, and slow-

ly move to a safe position off the

road.

WARNING - Low tire

pressure

• Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable

and can contribute to loss of

vehicle control and increased

braking distances.

• Continued driving or low pres-

sure tires will cause the tires to

overheat and fail.

Features of your vehicle

924

Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB) Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPB.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE - Electronic Parking

Brake (EPB) Warning Light

The Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-

nate when the Electronic Stability

control (ESC) Indicator Light comes

on to indicate that the ESC is not

working properly (This does not

indicate malfunction of the EPB).

Master Warning light

(if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driver

of the following situations

- Blind Spot Detection fail

- Advanced Smart Cruise Control fail

- Blind Spot Detection automatic can-

celation

- Advanced Smart Cruise Control

radar fail

- Lamp wire disconnection and so on

The Master Warning Light illumi-

nates when more than one of the

above warning situations occur. At

this time, the LCD Modes Icon will

change from ( ) to ( ).

If the warning situation is solved, the

master warning light will be turned off

and the LCD Modes Icon will be

changed back to its previous icon ( ).

Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB) Warning

light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction with

the AEB.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

EPB

493

Features of your vehicle

LED Headlamp Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop

Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlamp.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This warning light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with a

LED headlamp related part.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Continuous driving with the LED

Headlamp Warning Light on or

blinking can reduce LED headlamp

(low beam) life.

Icy Road Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driv-

er the road may be icy.

When the following conditions occur,

the warning light (including Outside

Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times

and then illuminates, and also warn-

ing chime sounds once.

- The temperature on the Outside

Temperature Gauge is below

approximately 40°F (4°C).

Indicator Lights

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 5.

Features of your vehicle

944

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 5.

Immobilizer Indicator

Light (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for up

to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properly

while the Engine Start/Stop Button

is ACC or ON.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the vehi-

cle while the Engine Start/Stop

Button is ON.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine.However, you can start the

engine if you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button with the smart

key. (For more details, refer to

“Starting the Engine”in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

495

Features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator

Light

This indicator light blinks:

• When you turn the turn signal light

on.

If any of the following occurs, there

may be a malfunction with the turn

signal system.In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

- The indicator light does not blink

but illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-

nate at all.

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

High beam assist indica-

tor (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with the

light switch in the AUTO light posi-

tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming or

preceding vehicles, the High beam

assist system will switch the high

beam to low beam automatically.

❈For more details, refer to “High

beam assist” in this chapter.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Front Fog Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the front fog lights are on.

Features of your vehicle

964

Cruise

Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

❈For more details, refer to “Cruise

Control System” in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the AUTO

HOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the

brake pedal with the auto hold sys-

tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the auto hold system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “Auto

Hold” in chapter 5.

Lane Departure Warning

System (LDWS) Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When the lane departure

warning system does not detect

the lane line.

• [Green] When you activate the lane

departure warning system by

pressing the LDWS button.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the lane departure warn-

ing system.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “Lane

Departure Warning System

(LDWS)” in chapter 5.

AUTO

HOLD

CRUISE

497

Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the Active ECO system is

activated by pressing the DRIVE

mode button.

• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-

minate to show that the Active

ECO is operating.

❈For more details, refer to “Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

in chapter 5.

SPORT Mode Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you select “SPORT” mode

as drive mode.

❈For more details, refer to “Drive

Mode” in chapter 5.

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Driving while distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle con-

trol that may lead to an acci-

dent, severe personal injury,

and death. The driver’s primary

responsibility is in the safe and

legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle sys-

tems which take the driver’s

eyes, attention and focus away

from the safe operation of a

vehicle or which are not permis-

sible by law should never be

used during operation of the

vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

984

Description

The head up display is a transparent

display which projects a shadow of

some information of the instrument

cluster and navigation on the wind-

shield glass.

• The head up display image on the

windshield glass may be invisible

when:

- Sitting posture is bad.

- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.

- There is an object on the cover of

the head up display.

- Driving on a wet road.

- An inadequate lighting is turned

on inside the vehicle.

- Any light comes from the outside.

- Wearing an inadequate glasses

to your eyesight.

• If the head up display image is not

shown well, adjust the height, rota-

tion or illumination of the head up

display in the LCD window.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

window” in this chapter.

• When the head up display needs

inspection or repair, we recom-

mend that you consult an author-

ized Kia dealer.

• Do not place any accessories on

the clash pad or attach any objects

on the windshield glass.

✽✽

NOTICE

Installing window tint or any other

type of metallic coating on the wind-

shield can prevent the driver from

seeing the Head Up Display images.

✽✽

NOTICE

When replacing the front wind-

shield glass of the vehicles equipped

with the head up display, replace it

with a windshield glass designed for

the head up display operation.

Otherwise, duplicated images may

be displayed on the windshield glass.

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG046430N

WARNING - Head up

display

The Head up display is a supple-

mental system. Do not solely

rely on the system, always drive

safely, and pay attention to the

driving conditions on the road.

499

Features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF

The HUD display will be activated or

deactivated in user setting mode

while engine is ON.

Head Up Display Information

1. Turn By Turn navigation information

2. Road signs

3. Speedometer

4. Cruise setting speed

5. Advanced Smart Cruise

Control(ASCC) information

6. Blind Spot Detection (BSD) sys-

tem information

7.Warning lights (Low fuel, BSD)

8. AV mode information

Head Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change

the head up display settings as fol-

lows.

1. Display height

2. Rotation

3. Brightness

4. Content select

5. Speedometer size

6. Speedometer color

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

window” in this chapter.

OYG046113L OYG046158N

Features of your vehicle

1004

The rear parking assist system

assists the driver during backward

movement of the vehicle by chiming if

any object is sensed within a distance

of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental system

and it is not intended to nor does it

replace the need for extreme care and

attention of the driver. The sensing

range and objects detectable by the

back sensors (➀) are limited.

Whenever backing-up, pay as much

attention to what is behind you as you

would in a vehicle without a rear park-

ing assist system.

Operation of the rear parking

assist system

Operating condition

• This system will activate when the

indicator on the rear parking assist

OFF button is not illuminated. If

you desire to deactivate the rear

parking assist system, press the

rear parking assist OFF button

again. (The indicator on the button

will illuminate.) To turn the system

on, press the button again. (The

indicator on the button will go off.)

If the vehicle is moving at a speed

over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system

may not be activated correctly.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Rear parking

assist system

Never rely solely on the rear

parking assist system. Always

perform a visual inspection to

make sure the vehicle is clear of

all obstructions before moving

the vehicle in any direction. Stop

immediately if you are aware of

a child anywhere near your vehi-

cle. Some objects may not be

detected by the sensors, due to

the object's size or material.

OYG046400N

4101

Features of your vehicle

• This system will activate when

backing up with the ignition switch

ON.

If the vehicle is moving at a speed

over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system

may not be activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the

back-up warning system is in oper-

ation is approximately 47 in. (120

cm) at the rear bumper center

area, 23.5 in. (60 cm) at the rear

bumper both side area.

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound

• When an object is 47 in. to 24 in.

(120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear

bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-

tently.

• When an object is 24 in. to 12 in.

(60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear

bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-

quently.

• When an object is within 16 in. (40

cm) of the rear bumper:

Buzzer sounds continuously.

Non-operational conditions of

rear parking assist system

The rear parking assist system

may not operate properly when:

1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.(It

will operate normally once the

moisture clears.

2.The sensor is covered with foreign

matter, such as snow or water, or

the sensor cover is blocked. (It will

operate normally when the materi-

al is removed or the sensor is no

longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces

(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,

gradient).

4.Objects generating excessive

noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-

cycle engines, or truck air brakes)

are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.

6.Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of the

sensor.

7.The sensor is covered with snow.

8.Trailer towing

Features of your vehicle

1024

The detecting range may decrease

when:

1.The sensor is covered with foreign

matter such as snow or water.

(The sensing range will return to

normal when removed.)

2.Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,

sound absorbent material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than

40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower

than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.

Rear parking assist system

precautions

• The rear parking assist system

may not sound consistently

depending on the speed and

shapes of the objects detected.

• The rear parking assist system may

malfunction if the vehicle bumper

height or sensor installation has

been modified or damaged. Any

non-factory installed equipment or

accessories may also interfere with

the sensor performance.

• The sensor may not recognize

objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)

from the sensor, or it may sense an

incorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or cov-

ered with snow, dirt, or water, the

sensor may be inoperative until the

material is removed using a soft

cloth.

• To prevent damage, do not push,

scratch or strike the sensor.

✽✽

NOTICE

This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of the

sensors. It cannot detect objects in

other areas where sensors are not

installed. Also, small or slim objects,

such as poles or objects located

between sensors may not be detected

by the sensors.

Always visually check behind the

vehicle when backing up.

Be sure to inform any drivers of the

vehicle that may be unfamiliar with

the system regarding the systems

capabilities and limitations.

4103

Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis

If you don’t hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-

mittently when shifting the gear to the

R (Reverse) position, this may indi-

cate a malfunction in the rear parking

assist system. If this occurs, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your new vehicle warranty does not

cover any accidents or damage to

the vehicle or injuries to its occu-

pants due to a rear parking assist

system malfunction. Always drive

safely and cautiously.

Features of your vehicle

1044

The rearview camera will activate

with the ignition switch ON and the

shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem that shows behind the vehicle

through the audio screen while back-

ing up unless equipped with a navi-

gation system, then will display on

the navigation screen.

• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibility

of the driver to always check the

inside/outside rearview mirrors and

the area behind the vehicle before

and while backing up because

there is a dead zone that can't be

seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lens

clean. If lens is covered with for-

eign matter, the camera may not

operate normally.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN (Audio, Video and Navigation)

system, rearview display will show

behind the vehicle through the

AVN monitor while backing-up.

Refer to a separately supplied

manual for detailed information.

REARVIEW CAMERA

WARNING - Backing &

using camera

Never rely solely on the rear view

camera when backing.You must

always use methods of viewing

the area behind you including

looking over both shoulders as

well as continuously checking all

three rear view mirrors. Due to

the difficulty of ensuring that the

area behind you remains clear,

always back slowly and stop

immediately if you even suspect

that a person, and especially a

child, might be behind you.

OYG046403

OYG046404L

4105

Features of your vehicle

The Surround View Monitoring

System (SVM) is not a substitute for

proper and safe parking procedures.

The Surround View Monitoring

System (SVM) may not detect every

object surrounding the vehicle.

Always drive safely and use caution

when parking.

The Surround View Monitoring

System (SVM) can assist in parking

by allowing the driver to see around

the vehicle. Push the button into the

[ON] position to operate the system.

To cancel the system, push the but-

ton again.

Operating conditions

- When the Engine Start/Stop

Button is ON position

- When the transaxle is on D, N or R

- When the vehicle speed is not over

9.32 mph (15 km/h)

• When the vehicle speed is over 9.32

mph (15 km/h), the SVM system is

turned off.If the vehicle speed is not

over 9.32mph (15km/h) after turn-

ing off the SVM by over speed, the

SVM is not turned on. To operate

again, push the button.

• When the vehicle moves back-

wards, regardless of On/Off of but-

ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is

operated.

• When the trunk and driver/passen-

ger door are opened and the out-

side mirror is folded, the warning is

illuminated in SVM system.

• If the SVM system is not operating

normally, the system should be

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

• When the vehicle moves over

9.32mph (15km/h) forward after

moving backward, the SVM screen

will be turned off.

SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG046405

WARNING

This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-

bility of the driver to always

check the area around the vehi-

cle before and while moving.

Features of your vehicle

1064

Battery saver function

• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-

charged if the lights are left in the

ON position.The system automati-

cally shuts off the parking lights 30

seconds after the ignition key is

removed and the driver’s door is

opened and closed.

• With this feature, the parking lights

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of the road at night

and opens the driver’s side door.

If necessary, to keep the parking

lights on when the ignition key is

removed, perform the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switch

on the steering column.

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight and

a Parking light position.

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

(1) OFF position

(2) Auto light position

(3) Parking & Tail light

(4) Headlight position

Parking & Tail light ( )

When the light switch is in the park-

ing light position, the tail, license and

instrument panel lights will turn ON.

LIGHTING

OUM044053

OUMA046054

4107

Features of your vehicle

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-

light position, the head, tail, license

lights will turn ON.

✽✽

NOTICE

The ignition switch must be in the ON

position to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position

When the light switch is in the AUTO

light position, the taillights and head-

lights will turn ON or OFF automati-

cally depending on the amount of

light outside the vehicle.

When the light switch is positioned at

an auto light position, at first, the

wiper will turn on and then, after 5

seconds the head lamp will turn on

automatically.

If the head lamp has been turned on

due to this function of the vehicle, the

head lamp will turn off 60 seconds

after the wiper has been turned off.

OUMA046056 OYG046407

CAUTION

• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the

instrument panel, this will

ensure better auto-light sys-

tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using a

window cleaner, the cleaner

may leave a light film which

could interfere with sensor

operation.

Features of your vehicle

1084

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you.The lever

will return to its original position. The

high beam indicator will light when the

headlight high beams are switched on.

To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the lights

on for a prolonged time while the

engine is not running.

To flash the headlights, pull the lever

towards you. It will return to the nor-

mal (low beam) position when

released. The headlight switch does

not need to be on to use this flashing

feature.

High Beam Assist (if equipped)

The High Beam Assist is a system

that automatically adjusts the head-

lamp range (switches between high

beam and low beam) according to

the brightness of other vehicles and

road conditions.

WARNING -

High beams

Do not use high beam when

there are other vehicles. Using

high beam could obstruct the

other driver’s vision.

OUM044058

OYG046454N

OUM044059

4109

Features of your vehicle

Operating condition

1.Place the light switch in the AUTO

position.

2.Turn on the high beam by pushing

the lever away from you.

The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-

tor will illuminate.

3.The High Beam Assist will turn on

when vehicle speed is above 25

mph (40 km/h).

• If the lever is pushed away when

the High Beam Assist is operat-

ing, the High Beam Assist will

turn off and the high beam will be

on continuously. The High Beam

Assist ( ) indicator will turn off.

• If the lever is pulled towards you

when the High Beam Assist is

operating, the High Beam Assist

will turn off.

4.If the light switch is placed to the

headlamp position, the High Beam

Assist will turn off and the low

beam will be on continuously.

The high beam switches to low beam

in the below conditions.

- When the High Beam Assist is off.

- When the light switch is not in the

AUTO position.

- When the headlamp is detected

from the on-coming vehicle.

- When the tail lamp is detected

from the front vehicle.

- When the surrounding is bright

enough high beams are not need-

ed.

- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.

- When vehicle speed is below 15

mph (24 km/h).

- When headlamp / taillamp of bicy-

cle/motorcycle is detected

The system may not operate normal-

ly in the below conditions.

• When the light from the on-coming

or front vehicle is not detected

because of lamp damage, hidden

from sight, etc.

• When the lamp of the on-coming or

front vehicle is covered with dust,

snow or water.

• When the light from the on-coming

or front vehicle is not detected

because of exhaust fume, smoke,

fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is covered

with foreign matters such as ice,

dust, fog, or is damaged.

• When there is a similar shape lamp

with the front vehicle’s lamps.

• When it is hard to see because of

fog, heavy rain or snow.

• When the headlamp is not repaired

or replaced at an authorized deal-

er.

• When headlamp aiming is not

properly adjusted.

• When driving on a narrow curved

road or rough road.

Features of your vehicle

1104

• When driving downhill or uphill.

• When only part of the vehicle in

front is visible on a crossroad or

curved road.

• When there is a traffic light, reflect-

ing sign, flashing sign or mirror.

• When the road conditions are bad

such as being wet or covered with

snow.

• When the front vehicle’s head-

lamps are off but the fog lamps on.

• When a vehicle suddenly appears

from a curve.

• When the vehicle is tilted from a

flat tire or being towed.

• When the LDWS (lane departure

warning system) warning light illu-

minates. (if equipped)

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not place any accessories,

stickers or tint the windshield.

• Have the windshield glass replaced

from an authorized dealer.

• Do not remove or damage related

parts of the High Beam Assist sys-

tem.

• Be careful that water doesn’t get

into the High Beam Assist unit.

• Do not place objects on the dash-

board that reflect light such as

mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys-

tem may malfunction if sunlight is

reflected.

• At times, the Smart High Beam

system may not work properly,

always check the road conditions

for your safety. When the system

does not operate normally, manu-

ally change between the high

beam and low beam.

Turn signals and lane change

signals

The ignition switch must be on for the

turn signals to function. To turn on

the turn signals, move the lever up or

down (A).The green arrow indicators

on the instrument panel indicate

which turn signal is operating.

They will self-cancel after a turn is

completed. If the indicator continues

to flash after a turn, manually return

the lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the

turn signal lever slightly and hold it in

position (B). The lever will return to

the OFF position when released.

OUM044060

4111

Features of your vehicle

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

✽✽

NOTICE

If an indicator flash is abnormally

quick or slow, a bulb may be burned

out or have a poor electrical connec-

tion in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provide

improved visibility when visibility is

poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.The

fog lights will turn on when the fog light

switch (1) is turned to the on position

after the headlight is turned on.

To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog

light switch (1) to the OFF position.

When in operation, the fog lights

consume large amounts of vehicle

electrical power. Only use the fog

lights when visibility is poor.

Check headlight

This warning message illuminates if

there is a malfunction (burned-out

bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-

function) with the headlamp. In this

case, have your vehicle inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When replacing the bulb, use the

same wattage bulb.

For more information, refer to

“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.

• If the different wattage bulb is

equipped with the vehicle, this

warning message is not displayed.

OJFA055274OUM044061

Features of your vehicle

1124

Headlight leveling device

(if equipped)

Automatic type

To ensure the proper headlight beam

is used under various conditions, the

headlight beam levels are automati-

cally adjusted depending on the

number of passengers, the weight in

the trunk, and other driving condi-

tions.

✽✽

NOTICE

If it does not work properly even

though your car is inclined backward

according to passenger's posture, or

the headlight beam is irradiated to

the high or low position, have the sys-

tem be inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Do not attempt to inspect or replace

the wiring yourself.

4113

Features of your vehicle

A :Wiper speed control (front)

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment

C :Wash with brief wipes (front)*

* if equipped

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-

tion switch is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever to this (MIST)

position and release it. The

wipers will operate continu-

ously if the lever is held in this

position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation

INT :Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use

this mode in light rain or mist.

To vary the speed setting, turn

the speed control knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed

HI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow or ice on the windshield, defrost

the windshield for about 10 minutes,

or until the snow and/or ice is

removed before using the windshield

wipers to ensure proper operation.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer

OYG046456N

Features of your vehicle

1144

Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor (A) located on the

upper end of the windshield glass

senses the amount of rainfall and

controls the wiping cycle for the

proper interval.The more it rains, the

faster the wiper operates. When the

rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the

speed control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when the ignition switch is ON,

the wiper will operate once to per-

form a self-check of the system. Set

the wiper to OFF (O) position when

the wiper is not in use.

OYG046455N

CAUTION

When the ignition switch is ON

and the windshield wiper switch

is placed in the AUTO mode, use

caution in the following situa-

tions to avoid any injury to the

hands or other parts of the body:

• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing

the rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of

the windshield glass with a

damp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the

windshield glass.

CAUTION

• When washing the vehicle, set

the wiper switch in the OFF

(O) position to stop the auto

wiper operation.

The wiper may operate and be

damaged if the switch is set in

the AUTO mode while washing

the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor

cover located on the upper

end of the passenger side

windshield glass. Damage to

system parts could occur and

may not be covered by your

vehicle warranty.

• When starting the vehicle in

winter, set the wiper switch in

the OFF (O) position.

Otherwise, wipers may oper-

ate and ice may damage the

windshield wiper blades.

Always remove all snow and

ice and defrost the windshield

properly prior to operating the

windshield wipers.

(Continued)

4115

Features of your vehicle

Front windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer

fluid on the windshield and to run the

wipers 1-3 cycles.

Use this function when the wind-

shield is dirty.

The spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, check

the washer fluid level.If the fluid level

is not sufficient, you will need to add

appropriate non-abrasive windshield

washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment

on the passenger side.

(Continued)

• When tinting the windshield,

be careful of any fluid getting

into the sensor located in the

top center of the front wind-

shield. It may damage the

related parts.

OJF045063L

CAUTION - Washer pump

To prevent possible damage to

the washer pump, do not oper-

ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

WARNING - Obscured

visibility

Do not use the washer in freez-

ing temperatures without first

warming the windshield with

the defrosters; the washer solu-

tion could freeze on the wind-

shield and obscure your vision.

Features of your vehicle

1164

CAUTION -Wipers &

windshields

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,

do not operate the wipers

when the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline,

kerosene, paint thinner, or

other solvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the

wiper arms and other compo-

nents, do not attempt to move

the wipers manually.

4117

Features of your vehicle

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the engine is

not running.

It may cause battery discharge.

Automatic turn off function

(if equipped)

The interior lights automatically turn

off approximately 20 minutes after

the ignition switch is turned off, if the

lights are in the ON position.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

theft alarm system, the interior lights

automatically turn off approximately

3 seconds after the system in armed

stage.

Room lamp

• :The light stays on at all times.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

WARNING - Interior

Lights

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark.

Accidents could happen

because the view may be

obscured by interior lights.

OYG046414

OYG046415

■ Type B

■ Type A

Features of your vehicle

1184

Map lamp

• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the

map lamp.

To turn the map lamp OFF press

the lens (1) again.

• (2) : DOOR mode

- The map lamp and room lamp

come on when a door is opened.

The lamps go out after approxi-

mately 30 seconds.

- The map lamp and room lamp

come on for approximately 30 sec-

onds when doors are unlocked

with a transmitter or smart key as

long as the doors are not opened.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on for approximately 20 min-

utes if a door is opened with the

ignition switch in the ACC or

LOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on continuously if the door is

opened with the ignition switch in

the ON position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

go out immediately if the ignition

switch is changed to the ON posi-

tion or all doors are locked.

- To turn off the DOOR mode, press

the DOOR button (2) once again

(not pressed).

✽✽

NOTICE

The DOOR mode and ROOM mode

can not be selected at the same time.

(3):

The map lamp stays on at all times.

(1):

The map lamp of driver’s side stays

on at all times.

(1):

The map lamp of passenger’s side

stays on at all times.

OYG046413

OYG046412

■ Type B

■ Type A

4119

Features of your vehicle

Trunk room lamp (if equipped)

The trunk room lamp comes on

when the trunk is opened.

The trunk room lamp comes on as

long as the trunk lid opens. To pre-

vent unnecessary battery drain,

close the trunk lid securely after

using the trunk room.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror

will automatically turn on the mirror

light.

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-

cle may differ from the illustration.

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

The glove box lamp comes on when

the glove box is opened.

To prevent unnecessary battery

drain, close the glove box securely

after using the glove box.

CAUTION

- Vanity mirror

lamp

Always have the switch in the

off position when the vanity mir-

ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-

visor is closed without the lamp

off, it may discharge the battery

or damage the sunvisor.

OYG046416 OJF045072 OYG046418

Features of your vehicle

1204

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Headlight (Headlamp) escort

function

When the headlight(light switch in

the headlight or AUTO position) is on

and all doors (and trunk) are locked

and closed, the position light and

headlight will come on for 15 sec-

onds if any of the below is per-

formed.

• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button, the position light

and headlight will turn off immediate-

ly.

Interior light

When the interior light switch is in the

DOOR position and all doors (and

trunk) are locked and closed, the

room lamp will come on for 30 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

button, the lamps will turn off imme-

diately.

Pocket lamp (if equipped)

When all the doors (and trunk) are

locked and closed, the pocket lamp

and puddle lamp will come on for

about 15 seconds if any of the below

is performed.

• With the smart key system

- When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

4121

Features of your vehicle

If you want to defrost and defog the

front windshield, refer to “Windshield

defrosting and defogging” in this sec-

tion.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the rear window, while the engine is

running.

To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear window

defroster button located in the center

facia switch panel. The indicator on

the rear window defroster button illu-

minates when the defroster is ON.

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off

before operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automati-

cally turns off after approximately 20

minutes or when the ignition switch is

turned off. To turn off the defroster,

press the rear window defroster button

again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster

(if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

outside rearview mirror defrosters,

they will operate at the same time you

turn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

wiper deicer, it will operate at the

same time you turn on the rear win-

dow defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTION - Conductors

To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside

surface of the rear window,

never use sharp instruments or

window cleaners containing

abrasives to clean the window.

OYG046302

■ Type A

■ Type B

Features of your vehicle

1224

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OYG046301L/OYG046300L

1. Driver’s temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. Front windshield defroster button

4. Rear window defroster button

5. Air conditioning button

6. Air intake control button

7. OFF button

8. Fan speed control button

9. Mode selection button

10. Passenger's temperature control knob

11. SYNC temperature control selection but-

ton

12. Clock

13. Climate information screen selection but-

ton

■■

Type B

■■

Type A

CAUTION

Operating the blower when the

ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion could cause the battery to

discharge. Operate the blower

when the engine is running.

4123

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con-

ditioning

1.Press the AUTO button. The

modes, fan speeds, air intake and

air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically by setting the tem-

perature.

2.Turn the temperature control knob

to the desired temperature.

✽✽

NOTICE

• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch of

the following:

- Mode selection button

- Air conditioning button

- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time

to deselect the front windshield

defroster function. The ‘AUTO’

sign will illuminate on the infor-

mation display once again.)

- Air intake control button

- Fan speed control switch

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other func-

tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and to

improve the effectiveness of the

climate control, use the AUTO

button and set the temperature to

73°F (23°C).

OYG046303

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OYG046309

Features of your vehicle

1244

✽✽

NOTICE

Never place anything over the sensor

located on the instrument panel to

ensure better control of the heating

and cooling system.

OYG046304

4125

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi-

tioning

The heating and cooling system can

be controlled manually by pressing

buttons or turning knob(s) other than

the AUTO button. In this case, the

system works sequentially according

to the order of buttons or knob(s)

selected.

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.

For improving the effectiveness of

heating and cooling;

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to

convert to full automatic control of

the system.

Mode selection

OYG046306

Features of your vehicle

1264

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

■ Type A ■ Type B

OYG046305

4127

Features of your vehicle

Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or

closed separately using the thumb-

wheel (if equipped).

Also, you can adjust the direction of

air delivery from these vents using

the vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to the

maximum (HI) by turning the knob to

the extreme right.

The temperature will decrease to the

minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to

the extreme left.

When turning the knob, the tempera-

ture will increase or decrease by

1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest

temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

OYG046307 OYG046308

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OYG046309

Features of your vehicle

1284

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally

• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust

the driver and passenger side tem-

perature equally.

The passenger side temperature

will be set to the same temperature

as the driver side temperature.

• Turn the driver side temperature

control knob. The driver and pas-

senger side temperature will be

adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature individually

• Press the “SYNC” button again to

adjust the driver and passenger

side temperature individually. The

illumination of button turns off.

• Operate the driver side tempera-

ture control knob to adjust the driv-

er side temperature.

• Operate the passenger side tem-

perature control knob to adjust the

passenger side temperature.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature

mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit

as follows:

While pressing the OFF button,

press the AUTO button for 3 seconds

or more.

The display will change from

Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from

Fahrenheit to Centigrade.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the temperature mode

display will reset to Fahrenheit.

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air

position.

To change the air intake control posi-

tion, push the control button.

OYG046310

OYG046311

4129

Features of your vehicle

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)

air position selected, air

enters the vehicle from

outside and is heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air

position selected, air

from the passenger

compartment will be

drawn through the heat-

ing system and heated

or cooled according to

the function selected.

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (without

air conditioning selected) may cause

fogging of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the pas-

senger compartment may become

stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated air

position selected will result in exces-

sively dry air in the passenger com-

partment.

Sunroof inside air recirculation

(if equipped)

If the sunroof opens while the heater

or Air Conditioning system operates,

the outside (fresh) air will be select-

ed automatically for ventilating the

car.Then, if you select the recirculat-

ed air position, the outside (fresh) air

will be selected automatically after 3

minutes.

If you close the sunroof, the intake

mode will be changed to the previous

selected mode.

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to the

desired speed by operating the fan

speed control button.

To change the fan speed, press ( )

the button for higher speed, or push

( ) the button for lower speed. To

turn the fan speed control off, press

the front blower OFF button.

OYG046312

Features of your vehicle

1304

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the air

conditioning system on (indicator

light will illuminate).

Press the button again to turn the air

conditioning system off.

OFF mode

Press the front blower OFF button to

turn off the front air climate control

system. However, you can still oper-

ate the mode and air intake buttons

as long as the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

OYG046313

WARNING - Reduced

Visibility

Continuous use of the climate

control system in the recirculat-

ed air position may allow

humidity to increase inside the

vehicle which may fog the glass

and obscure visibility.

WARNING - Recirculated

Air

Continued use of the climate

control system in the recirculat-

ed air position can cause

drowsiness or sleepiness, and

loss of vehicle control. Set the

air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position as much as

possible while driving.

WARNING - Sleeping with

AC on

Do not sleep in a vehicle with

the air conditioning or heating

on as this may cause serious

harm or death due to a drop in

the oxygen level and/or body

temperature.

OYG046314

4131

Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen

selection (if equipped)

Press the climate information screen

selection button to display climate

information on the screen.

System operation

Ventilation

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5.If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (if

equipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the

mode to the

or position.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through

the ventilation system, temporarily

set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. Be sure to

return the control to the fresh air

position when the irritation has

passed to keep fresh air in the

vehicle.This will help keep the driv-

er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system

is drawn in through the grilles just

ahead of the windshield. Care

should be taken that these are not

blocked by leaves, snow, ice or

other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-

shield, set the air intake control to

the fresh air position and fan speed

to the desired position, turn on the

air conditioning system, and adjust

the temperature control to desired

temperature.

OYG046315

Features of your vehicle

1324

Air conditioning (if equipped)

All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are

filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.

1.Start the engine. Press the air con-

ditioning button.

2.Set the mode to the position.

3.Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.

4.Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired,

set the temperature control to the

extreme left position, set the mode

control to the MAX A/C position,

then set the fan speed control to

the highest speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

When opening the windows in humid

weather, air conditioning may create

water droplets inside the vehicle.

Since excessive water droplets may

cause damage to electrical equip-

ment, air conditioning should only be

used with the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air

conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system

operation, you may occasionally

notice a slight change in engine

speed as the air conditioning com-

pressor cycles. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

CAUTION - Excessive A/C

Use

When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the tempera-

ture gauge closely while driving

up hills or in heavy traffic when

outside temperatures are high.

Air conditioning system opera-

tion may cause engine over-

heating. Continue to use the

blower fan but turn the air con-

ditioning system off if the tem-

perature gauge indicates engine

overheating.

4133

Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning

system, you may notice clear water

dripping (or even puddling) on the

ground under the passenger side

of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-

tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-

tem in the recirculated air position

provides maximum cooling, how-

ever, continual operation in this

mode may cause the air inside the

vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you may

occasionally notice a misty air flow

because of rapid cooling and

humid air intake. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

(if equipped)

The climate control air filter installed

behind the glove box filters the dust or

other pollutants that come into the

vehicle from the outside through the

heating and air conditioning system.If

dust or other pollutants accumulate in

the filter over a period of time, the air

flow from the air vents may decrease,

resulting in moisture accumulation on

the inside of the windshield even

when the outside (fresh) air position is

selected. If this happens, have the cli-

mate control air filter replaced by an

authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Replace the filter every 15,000

miles or once a year.

If the vehicle is being driven in

severe conditions such as dusty or

rough roads, more frequent air

conditioner filter inspections and

changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenly

decreases, the system should be

checked at an authorized Kia

dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Climate control

air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

Features of your vehicle

1344

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air condi-

tioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a negative impact on the air con-

ditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Air Conditioning refrigerant

label

❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig-

erant label in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Each symbol and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label

is represented below :

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail on

the location of air conditioning refrig-

erant label.

WARNING

The oil and refrigerant in your

vehicle's air conditioning sys-

tem is under very high pres-

sure. If proper service proce-

dures are not followed an explo-

sion may result. To reduce the

risk of serious injury or death,

the air conditioning system in

your vehicle should only be

serviced by trained and certi-

fied technicians.

CAUTION

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and refrig-

erant is used, otherwise damage

to the vehicle may occur. To pre-

vent damage,the air conditioning

system in your vehicle should

only be serviced by trained and

certified technicians.

OUM066035L

■ Example

4135

Features of your vehicle

• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extreme

right/hot position and the fan speed

control to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set

the mode to the floor-defrost posi-

tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win-

dow, outside rear view mirrors, and

all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to

improve heater and defroster effi-

ciency and to reduce the probabili-

ty of fogging up the inside of the

windshield.

Automatic climate control

system

To defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2. Select desired temperature.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4.The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and the

air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshield

heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and the

windshield could cause the

outer surface of the windshield

to fog up, causing loss of visi-

bility. In this case, set the mode

selection to the position

and fan speed control to the

lower speed.

OYG046316N

Features of your vehicle

1364

If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected

automatically, adjust the correspon-

ding button manually. If the posi-

tion is selected, lower fan speed is

adjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.

2.Set the temperature to the

extreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4.The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and the

air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature.

Defogging logic

To reduce the possibility of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake or air conditioning is con-

trolled automatically according to

certain conditions such as or

position. To cancel automatic defog-

ging logic or return to the automatic

defogging logic, do the following.

OYG046317N

4137

Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3.While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake

control button at least 5 times with-

in 3 seconds.

The recirculation indicator blinks 3

times with 0.5 second of interval. It

indicates that the defogging logic is

canceled or returned to the pro-

grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog

logic status.

Auto defogging system

(if equipped)

Auto defogging reduces the probabil-

ity of fogging up the inside of the

windshield by automatically sensing

the moisture of inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operates

when the heater or air conditioning is

on.

This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging

system senses the mois-

ture on the inside of the

windshield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,

higher steps operate as follow. For

example if auto defogging does not

defog inside the windshield at step 1

Outside air position, it tries to defog

again at step 2 Operating the air con-

ditioning.

Step 1 : Outside air position

Step 2 : Operating the air condition-

ing

Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshield

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

OYG046318N

OYG046319

Features of your vehicle

1384

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging

System

Press the front windshield defroster

button for 3 seconds when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

When the Auto Defogging System is

canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink

3 times and the ADS OFF will be dis-

played on the climate control infor-

mation screen.

When the Auto Defogging System is

reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6

times without a signal.

Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the pas-

senger side windshield glass.

Damage to the system parts could

occur and may not be covered by

your vehicle warranty.

4139

Features of your vehicle

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the clean air function turns

on automatically.

Also, the clean air function turns off

automatically, when the ignition

switch turns to the OFF position.

The system automatically selects the

outside (fresh) air position when the

climate control system operates over

a certain period of time (approxi-

mately 30 minutes) in low tempera-

ture with the recirculated air position

selected.

To cancel or reset the

Automatic Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is

on, select Face Level mode and

keep pressing the air intake control

button more than 3 seconds.

When the automatic ventilation is

canceled, the indicator blinks 3

times. When the automatic ventila-

tion is activated, the indicator blinks

6 times.

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG046320L

AUTOMATIC VENTILATION

Features of your vehicle

1404

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

These compartments can be used to

store small items required by the

driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartment.

• Always keep the storage compart-

ment covers closed while driving.

Do not attempt to place so many

items in the storage compartment

that the storage compartment

cover can not close securely.

Center console storage

To open the center console storage,

pull up the lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked and

unlocked with a master key (1). (if

equipped)

To open the glove box, pull the lever

(2) and the glove box will automati-

cally open. Close the glove box after

use.

WARNING - Flammable

materials

Do not store, propane cylinders

or other flammable/explosive

materials in the vehicle. These

items may catch fire and/or

explode if the vehicle is

exposed to hot temperatures for

extended periods.

OYG046323OYG046321

4141

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If the temperature control knob is in

the warm or hot position, warm or

hot air will flow into the glove box.

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, press

the cover and the holder will slowly

open.Place your sunglasses with the

lenses facing out.

To close the sunglass holder push it up.

WARNING - Glove Box

To reduce the risk of injury in an

accident or sudden stop,always

keep the glove box door closed

while driving.

WARNING - Sunglass

holder

Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass

holder. Heavier objects can be

thrown from the holder in the

event of a sudden stop or an

accident, possibly injuring the

passengers.

OYG046324

Features of your vehicle

1424

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may be

placed in the cup holders.

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warm

the front seats during cold weather.

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, push either of the switches

to warm the driver's seat or the front

passenger's seat.

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquids

Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup holder

while the vehicle is in motion. If

the hot liquid spills, you may

burn yourself. Such a burn to

the driver could lead to loss of

control of the vehicle.

OYG046325

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

OYG046327

CAUTION

Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling your

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

into the vehicle's electrical/elec-

tronic system and damage elec-

trical/electronic parts.

CAUTION

When cleaning spilled liquids,

do not use heat to dry the cup

holders. This may damage the

cup holder.

OYG046331

OYG046332

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

4143

Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the “OFF” position.

Temperature control (Manual)

• Each time you press the switch,

the temperature setting of the seat

will change as follows :

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the ignition

switch is turned on.

Temperature control(Automatic)

The seat warmer starts to automati-

cally control the seat temperature in

order to prevent low-temperature

burns after being manually turned

ON.

You may manually press the button

to increase the seat temperature.

However, it soon returns to the auto-

matic mode again.

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seat

warmer operating, the seat warmer

will turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion.

✽✽

NOTICE

With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in

the seat turns off or on automatically

depending on the seat temperature.

▼

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

30min

60min

WARNING - Seat warmer

burns

The seat warmer may cause

burns, even at low tempera-

tures, if used over a long period

of time. Never allow passengers

who may not be able to take

care of themselves to be

exposed to the risk of seat

heater burns.These include:

1. Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital

outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skin

or those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals

4. Intoxicated individuals

5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness (sleeping pills,

cold tablets, etc.)

Features of your vehicle

1444

Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seat

changes according to the switch

position.

• If you want to ventilate your seat

cushion, press the switch (blue

color).

• Each time you press the button,

the airflow will change as follows:

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-

tion) defaults to the OFF position

whenever the ignition switch is

turned on.

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light

through the front or side windows.

To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use the sunvisor for the side win-

dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from

the bracket (1) and swing it to the

side (2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the

visor and slide the mirror cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor extension for-

ward or backward (4).

The ticket holder (5) is provided for

holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION - Seat damage

• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solvent

such as paint thinner, ben-

zene, alcohol and gasoline.

Doing so may damage the air

ventilation seat.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on the seat. Those

things may damage the air

ventilation seat.

• Be careful not to spill liquid

such as water or beverages on

the seat.If you spill some liquid,

wipe the seat with a dry towel.

Before using the air ventilation

seat, dry the seat completely.

OYG046333

OJF045121

4145

Features of your vehicle

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-

cle may differ from the illustration.

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 10

amps with the engine running.

• Use the power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove the

accessory plug after use. Using the

accessory plug for prolonged peri-

ods of time with the engine off could

cause the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessories

which are less than 10A in electric

capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater

to the lowest operating level when

using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference when

plugged into a vehicle’s power out-

let. These devices may cause

excessive audio static and malfunc-

tions in other electronic systems or

devices used in your vehicle.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp

If you use the vanity mirror lamp,

turn off the lamp before return-

ing the sunvisor to its original

position, otherwise it could

result in battery discharge and

possible sunvisor damage.

OYG046328

OYG046438

OYG046329

■ Front

• Type B

■ Front

• Type A

■ Center

Features of your vehicle

1464

• Push the plug in as far as it will go.

If good contact is not made, the

plug may overheat and the fuse

may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electronic

devices with reverse current protec-

tion. The current from the battery

may flow into the vehicle’s electri

cal/electronic system and cause

system malfunction.

Wireless smart phone charg-

ing system (if equipped)

A wireless smart phone charging

system located in front of the center

console

Firmly close all doors, and turn the

ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start

wireless charging, place the smart

phone equipped with wireless charg-

ing function on the wireless charging

pad.

For best wireless charging results,

place the smart phone on the center

of the charging pad.

The wireless charging system is

designed for one smart phone

equipped with QI per single usage

only. Please refer to the smart phone

accessory cover or the smart phone

manufacturer homepage to check

whether your smart phone supports

QI function.

WARNING - Electric shock

Do not put a finger or a foreign

element (pen, etc.) into a power

outlet and do not touch with a

wet hand. You may receive an

electric shock.

OYG046334

4147

Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charging

1. Remove any object on the smart

phone charging pad including the

smart key. If there is any foreign

object on the pad other than a

smart phone, the wireless charging

function may not operate properly.

2. Place the smart phone on the cen-

ter of the wireless charging pad.

3.The indicator light will change to

orange once the wireless charging

begins. After the charging is com-

plete, the orange light will change

to green.

4.You can choose to turn the wireless

charging function to either ON or

OFF by selecting the USM on the

instrument cluster. (Please refer to

“Instrument Cluster” for details).

If the wireless charging does not

work, gently move your smart phone

around the pad until the charging indi-

cator light turns yellow. Depending on

the smart phone, the charging indica-

tor light may not turn green even after

the charging is complete.

If the wireless charging is not func-

tioning properly, the orange light will

blink and flash for ten seconds then

turn off. In such cases, remove the

smart phone from the pad and

replace it on the pad again, or double

check the charging status.

If you leave the smart phone on the

charging pad when the vehicle igni-

tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert

you through warning messages and

sound (applicable for vehicles with

voice guidance function) after the

‘Good bye’ function on the instru-

ment cluster ends.

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Driving while distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle con-

trol that may lead to an acci-

dent, severe personal injury,

and death. The driver’s primary

responsibility is in the safe and

legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle sys-

tems which take the driver’s

eyes, attention and focus away

from the safe operation of a

vehicle or which are not permis-

sible by law should never be

used during operation of the

vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

1484

✽✽

NOTICE

• If it is not possible to close the tray

cover due to the size of your smart

phone or because the tray cover

has been broken, do not use the

wireless smart phone charging

function.

• When the interior temperature of

the wireless charging system rises

above a set temperature, the wire-

less charging will cease to func-

tion. After the interior tempera-

ture drops below the threshold,

the wireless charging function will

resume.

• The wireless charging may not

function properly when there is a

heavy accessory cover on the

smart phone.

• The wireless charging will stop

when using the wireless smart key

search function to prevent radio

wave disruption.

• The wireless charging will stop

when the smart key is moved out

of the vehicle with the ignition in

ON.

(Continued)

• The wireless charging will stop

when any of the doors is opened

(applicable for vehicles equipped

with smart keys).

• The wireless charging will stop

when the vehicle is turned OFF.

• The wireless charging will stop

when the smart phone is not in

complete contact with the wireless

charging pad.

• Items equipped with magnetic

components such as credit card,

telephone card, bankbook, any

transportation ticket and such

may become damaged during

wireless charging.

• Place the smart phone on the cen-

ter of the charge pad for best

results. The smart phone may not

charge when placed near the rim

of the charging pad. When the

smart phone does get charged, it

may heat up excessively.

• For smart phones without built-in

wireless charging system, an

appropriate accessory has to be

equipped.

(Continued)

CAUTION - Liquid in

Wireless Smart Phone

Charger

To prevent liquid from damaging

the wireless smart phone charg-

ing system in your vehicle,

securely close the tray cover

when charging your phone.

CAUTION - Metal in

Wireless Charging System

If any metallic object such as

coins is located between the

wireless charging system and

the smart phone, the charging

may be disrupted. Also, the

metallic object may heat up and

potentially damage the charging

system. If there is any metallic

object between the smart phone

and the charging pad, immedi-

ately remove the smart phone.

Remove the metallic object after

it has cooled down.

4149

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• Smart phones of some manufac-

turers may display messages on

weak current. This is due to the

particular characteristic of the

smart phone and does not imply a

malfunction on wireless charging

function.

• The indicator light of some manu-

facturers’ smart phones may still

be yellow after the smart phone is

fully charged. This is due to the

particular characteristic of the

smart phone and not a malfunc-

tion of the wireless charging.

• When any smart phone without a

wireless charging function or a

metallic object is placed on the

charging pad, a small noise may

sound. This small sound is due to

the vehicle discerning compatibili-

ty of the object placed on the

charging pad. It does not affect

your vehicle or the smart phone in

any way.

Coat hook (if equipped)

❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-

tration.

To use the coat hook, pull down the

upper portion of hanger.

OYG046335

■ Type A

■ Type B

OYG046429

CAUTION - Hanging

clothing

Do not hang heavy clothes,since

those may damage the hook.

Features of your vehicle

1504

Floor mat anchor (s)

(if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches to

the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-

cle. This keeps the floor mat from

sliding forward.

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat to the

vehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle's

floor mat anchor(s) before driving

the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-

not be firmly attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of

one another (e.g. all-weather rub-

ber mat on top of a carpeted floor

mat).Only a single floor mat should

be installed in each position.

OYG046450L

WARNING - After market

floor mat

Do not install aftermarket floor

mats that are not capable of

being securely attached to the

vehicle's floor mat anchors.

Unsecured floor mats can inter-

fere with pedal operation.

WARNING

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes. Also, do not put

heavy, sharp or breakable

objects in the clothe pockets. In

an accident or when the curtain

air bag is inflated, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

OPS046500

4151

Features of your vehicle

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:

1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).

2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on

both sides of the handle.

To avoid injury or damage to the side

curtain and door moldings, lower

side curtain by the handle all the way

back to the stowed position. Do not

release handle after disengaging

from the hooks on the door.

Rear curtain (if equipped)

To fold the rear curtain, press the

button. To unfold the rear curtain,

press the button again.

The rear curtain will fold automatical-

ly when you shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) and unfold automatically

when you shift the shift lever from R

(Reverse) into P (Park).

After the rear curtain is folded by shift-

ing the shift lever into R (Reverse) and

drive more than 20 km/h with the shift

lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will

unfold automatically.

OYG046337

OYG046338

CAUTION

Do not pull or fold the rear cur-

tain by hand. It could cause

motor failure.

OYG046336

Features of your vehicle

1524

Clock

Whenever the battery terminals or

related fuses are disconnected, you

must reset the time.

When the ignition switch is in the

ACC or ON position, the clock but-

tons operate as follows:

■■

Type A

Hour (1)

Pressing the H button will advance

the time displayed by one hour.

Minute (2)

Pressing the M button will advance

the time displayed by one minute.

Display conversion

To change the 12 hour format to the

24 hour format, press the “H” and “M”

buttons at the same time for more

than 5 seconds.

For example, if the “H” and “M” but-

tons are pressed for more than 5

seconds while the time is 10:15 p.m.,

the display will change to 22:15.

■■

Type B

You can set the clock by using the

AVN (Audio or Navigation).

For the details, refer to the AVN man-

ual.

■ Type A

OYG046339

OYG046340

■ Type B

WARNING

Do not adjust the clock while

driving.You may lose your steer-

ing control and cause an acci-

dent that results in severe per-

sonal injury or death.

WARNING

Do not adjust the clock while

driving. You may lose your

steering control and cause an

accident that results in severe

personal injury or death.

4153

Features of your vehicle

Luggage net (holder)

(if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the

cargo area, you can use the holders

located in the cargo area to attach

the luggage net.

WARNING

To avoid eye injury, DO NOT

overstretch the luggage net.

ALWAYS keep your face and

body out of the luggage net’s

recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-

gage net when the strap has vis-

ible signs of wear or damage.

OYG046341

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the goods

or the vehicle, care should be

taken when carrying fragile or

bulky objects in the luggage

compartment.

Features of your vehicle

1544

✽✽

NOTICE

If you install an after market HID

head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and

electronic device may malfunction.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)

system, refer to a separately sup-

plied manual for detailed informa-

tion.

Antenna

Glass antenna

Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to

receive both AM and FM signals.

Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

The shark fin antenna will receive the

transmit data.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OYG046421

CAUTION

• Do not clean the inside of the

rear window glass or quarter

glass with a cleaner or use a

scraper to remove any foreign

deposits as this may cause

damage to the antenna ele-

ments.

• Avoid adding metallic coating

such as Ni, Cd, and so on.

These can interfere with

AM/FM reception.

• To prevent damage to the rear

glass antenna,never use sharp

instruments or window cleaner

containing abrasives to clean

the window. Clean the inside

surface of the rear glass win-

dow with a piece of soft cloth.

• When putting a sticker on the

inside surface of the rear win-

dow, be careful not to damage

to the rear glass antenna.

• Do not put sharp instruments

nearby the rear glass antenna.

• Tinted rear window may affect

the proper functioning of the

antenna.

4155

Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel audio controls

(if equipped)

The steering wheel may incorporate

audio control buttons.

VOLUME ( / ) (1)

• Press the lever upward ( ) to

increase the volume.

• Press the lever downward ( ) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

The SEEK/PRESET lever has differ-

ent functions based on the system

mode. For the following functions the

lever should be pressed for 0.8 sec-

onds or more.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK

select button.

CD/USB/iPod

mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is

pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it

will work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-

TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod

mode

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN

button.

MODE ( ) (3)

Press the button to change audio

source.

➟ AM ➟ CD ➟ USB/iPod

➟ AUX ➟

MY MUSIC ➟

Bluetooth

wireless

technology audio

MUTE ( ) (4)

• Press the button to mute the

sound.

• Press the button to turn off the

microphone during a telephone

call.

Detailed information for audio control

buttons are described in the following

pages in this section.

CAUTION

Do not operate audio remote

control buttons simultaneously.

OYG046422

AUX, USB port

You can use an aux port to connect

audio devices and an USB port to

plug in an USB or iPod

✽✽

NOTICE

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the power source of the

portable audio device.

iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OYG046437

OYG046423

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Driving while distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle control

that may lead to an accident,

severe personal injury,and death.

The driver's primary responsibili-

ty is in the safe and legal opera-

tion of a vehicle, and use of any

handheld devices, other equip-

ment, or vehicle systems which

take the driver's eyes, attention

and focus away from the safe

operation of a vehicle or which

are not permissible by law should

never be used during operation

of the vehicle.

4156

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Illuminated Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

• Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

• Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

• AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

• Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Autonomous emergency braking (AEB) /

Forward collision warning (FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

• AEB warning message and system control. . . . . . . . 5-41

• Brake operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

• Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front

(front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

• System malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

• Limitation of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

• Recognizing pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

• To set cruise control speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

• To increase cruise control set speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

• To decrease the cruising speed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

• To temporarily accelerate with the

cruise control on:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following: . . 5-51

• To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h):. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following: . 5-52

Advanced smart cruise control system (ASCC). . 5-53

• Speed setting (ASCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC) . . . . . . . . 5-58

• To adjust the sensitivity of

Advanced Smart Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

• To convert to cruise control mode: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-68

• DRIVE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

• ECO MODE Driving:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

• Conditions that limit Active ECO MODE:. . . . . . . . 5-69

• DRIVE MODE Indicator Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72

Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

• BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

• RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

• Limitations condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

Smart blind spot detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85

Lane departure warning system (LDWS) . . . . . . 5-88

• Warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90

• Conditions that cause the LDWS not to operate: . . 5-90

• Conditions that cause missed warnings and

false warnings:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

• Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant. . . . . . . . . 5-100

• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100

• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-100

• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-100

• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in

system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-101

• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105

Vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does

not leak.

The exhaust system should be

checked whenever the vehicle is

raised to change the oil or for any

other purpose.If you hear a change in

the sound of the exhaust or if you drive

over something that strikes the under-

neath side of the vehicle, have the

exhaust system checked as soon as

possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Engine

exhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes or

leave your engine running in a

enclosed area for a prolonged

time. Exhaust fumes contain

carbon monoxide, a colorless,

odorless gas that can cause

unconsciousness and death by

asphyxiation.

WARNING - Open liftgate

Do not drive with the liftgate

open. Poisonous exhaust gases

can enter the passenger com-

partment. If you must drive with

the liftgate open proceed as fol-

lows:

1. Close all windows.

2. Open side vents.

3. Set the air intake control at

"Fresh",the air flow control at

"Floor" or "Face" and the fan

at the highest speed.

CALIFORNIA PROPO-

SITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

and parts, including compo-

nents found in the interior fur-

nishings in a vehicle, contain or

emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-

cer and birth defects and repro-

ductive harm. In addition, cer-

tain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of compo-

nent wear contain or emit chem-

icals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproduc-

tive harm.

Driving your vehicle

Before entering vehicle

• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights are

clean.

• Check the condition of the tires.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections

Fluid levels, such as engine oil,

engine coolant, brake fluid, and

washer fluid should be checked on a

regular basis, at the exact interval

depending on the fluid. Further

details are provided in chapter 7,

“Maintenance”.

Before starting

• Close and lock all doors.

• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.

• Buckle your seat belt.

• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.

• Check all gauges.

• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch is

turned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake and

make sure the brake warning light

goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are

familiar with your vehicle and its

equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Focus on the road while driving.

The driver's primary responsi-

bility is in the safe and legal

operation of the vehicle. Use of

any handled devices, other

equipment or vehicle systems

that distract the drive should

not be used during vehicle

operation.

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Check sur-

roundings

Always check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-

ple, especially children, before

putting a vehicle into D (Drive)

or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Fire risk

When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on,

be careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. It may overheat

the engine or exhaust system

and cause fire.

WARNING - Loose

objects

Securely store items in your

vehicle. When you make a sud-

den stop or turn the steering

wheel rapidly, loose objects

may drop on the floor and it

could interfere with the opera-

tion of the foot pedals, possibly

causing an accident.

WARNING - Driving while

intoxicated

Do not drive while intoxicated.

Drinking and driving is danger-

ous. Even a small amount of

alcohol will affect your reflexes,

perceptions and judgment.

Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerous

as or more dangerous than driv-

ing drunk.

Driving your vehicle

Illuminated ENGINE

START/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the ENGINE START/STOP button

will illuminate for your convenience.

The light will go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed.

When all entrances are closed, if you

lock the vehicle by using the trans-

mitter or the smart key, the light will

go off immediately.

ENGINE START/STOP button

position

OFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN

position) or vehicle power (ON posi-

tion), press the ENGINE

START/STOP button with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position. When

you press the ENGINE

START/STOP button without the shift

lever in the P (Park) position, the

ENGINE START/STOP button will

not change to the OFF position but to

the ACC position.

In an emergency situation while the

vehicle is in motion, you are able to

turn the engine off and to the ACC

position by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button for more than 2

seconds or 3 times successively

within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still

moving, you can restart the engine

without depressing the brake pedal

by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button with the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

OYG056003

Not illuminated

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while it is in the OFF position

without depressing the brake pedal.

If the ENGINE START/STOP button

is in the ACC position for more than

1 hour, the button is turned off auto-

matically to prevent battery dis-

charge.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while it is in the ACC position

without depressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked

before the engine is started. Do not

leave the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ON position for a long

time. The battery may discharge,

because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress the

brake pedal and press the ENGINE

START/ STOP button with the shift

lever in the P (Park) or the N

(Neutral) position. For your safety,

start the engine with the shift lever in

the P (Park) position.

If you press the ENGINE

START/STOP button without depress-

ing the brake pedal for automatic

transaxle vehicles, the engine will not

start and the ENGINE START/STOP

button changes as follow:

OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

Not illuminated

Amber

Super red

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you leave the ENGINE START/

STOP button in the ACC or ON

position for a long time, the battery

will discharge.

Starting the engine with a

smart key

1.Carry the smart key or place it

inside the vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied

3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park). Depress the brake pedal

fully.

You can also start the engine when

the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)

position.

4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while depressing the brake

pedal.

It should be started without

depressing the accelerator.

5.Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-

tionary.

Start driving at moderate engine

speeds. (Steep accelerating and

decelerating should be avoided.)

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-

cle, if it is far away from you, the

engine may not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP

button is in the ACC position or

above, if any door is opened, the

system checks for the smart key. If

the smart key is not in the vehicle,

a message "key is not in the vehi-

cle" will appear on the LCD display.

And if all doors are closed, the

chime will sound for 5 seconds.

The indicator or warning will turn

off while the vehicle is moving.

Always have the smart key with

you.

WARNING - Starting

vehicle

Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button while the

vehicle is in motion except in an

emergency.This would result in

loss of directional control and

braking function, which could

cause an accident.

Driving your vehicle

• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, you

can start the engine by pressing

the engine start/stop button with

the smart key.

The side with the lock button

should contact the engine

start/stop button directly.

When you press the engine

start/stop button directly with the

smart key, the smart key should

contact the button at a right angle.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normally.

Replace the fuse with a new one.If

it is not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button for 10 sec-

onds while it is in the ACC posi-

tion. The engine can start without

depressing the brake pedal.But for

your safety always depress the

brake pedal before starting the

engine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/

STOP button for more than 10 sec-

onds except when the stop lamp fuse

is blown.

WARNING - Unintended

vehicle movement

Never leave the smart key in the

vehicle with children or vehicle

occupants who are unfamiliar

with the vehicle operation.

Pushing the ENGINE

START/STOP button while the

smart key is in the vehicle may

result in unintended engine

activation and/or unintended

vehicle movement.

OYG056008

Driving your vehicle

105

Automatic transaxle operation

The automatic transaxle has 8 for-

ward speeds and one reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically, depending on the

position of the shift lever.

✽✽

NOTICE

The first few shifts on a new vehicle,

if the battery has been disconnected,

may be somewhat abrupt. This is a

normal condition, and the shifting

sequence will adjust after shifts are

cycled a few times by the TCM

(Transaxle Control Module) or

PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

For smooth operation, depress the

brake pedal and the lock release but-

ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to

a forward or reverse gear.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OYG056011

((

))

((

))

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

511

Driving your vehicle

When stopped on an incline, do not

hold the vehicle with the engine

power. Use the service brake or the

parking brake.

Transaxle ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park). This

position locks the transaxle and pre-

vents the drive wheels from rotating.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-

cle is in motion will cause the drive

wheels to lock which will cause you

to lose control of the vehicle.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are not

engaged. The vehicle will roll freely

even on the slightest incline unless

the parking brake or service brakes

are applied.

WARNING - Leaving

Vehicle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always make sure the shift lever

is in the P (Park) position; then

set the parking brake fully and

shut the engine off. Do not use

the P position in place of the

parking brake. Always make

sure the shift lever is locked in

the P position and set the park-

ing brake fully. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement can

occur if these precautions are

not followed.

CAUTION - Transaxle

To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate the

engine in R (Reverse) or any for-

ward gear position with the

brakes on.The transaxle may be

damaged if you shift into P

(Park) while the vehicle is in

motion.

CAUTION - Shifting

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transaxle if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is in

motion, except when “Rocking

the vehicle” explained in this

chapter.

Driving your vehicle

125

- Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Follow below steps when parking

and you want the vehicle to move

when pushed.

1.After stopping your vehicle, depress

the brake pedal and move the

transaxle shift lever to [P] with the

ignition button in [ON] or while the

engine is running.

2.If the parking brake is applied,

release the parking brake.

- For EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) equipped vehicles,

depress the brake pedal with the

ignition button in [ON] or while the

engine is running to disengage

the parking brake. If [AUTO

HOLD] function is used while

driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator

is on in the cluster), press [AUTO

HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD]

function should be turn off.

3.While depressing the brake pedal,

turn the ignition button [OFF].

- For smart key equipped vehicles,

the ignition switch can be moved

to [OFF] only when the shift lever

is in [P].

4.Change the gear shift lever to [N]

(Neutral) while depressing the

brake pedal and inserting, press-

ing down a tool (e.g. flathead

screw-driver) into the [SHIFT

LOCK RELEASE] access hole at

the same time. Then, the vehicle

will move when external force is

applied.

✽✽

NOTICE

• After the ignition switch has been

turned off, the EPB (Electronic

Parking Brake) cannot be released.

• For EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) equipped vehicles with

[AUTO HOLD] function used

while driving, if the ignition but-

ton has been turned [OFF], the

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

will be engaged automatically.

Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func-

tion should be turned off before

the ignition button is turned off.

WARNING - Parking In

Neutral

• With the exception of parking

in neutral gear, always park the

vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety

and apply the parking brake.

• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)

gear, make sure the parking

ground is level and flat.Do not

park in [N] gear on any slopes

or gradients. If parked and left

in [N], the vehicle may move

and cause serious damage or

injury.

513

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving

position. The transaxle will automati-

cally shift through a 8-gear

sequence, providing the best fuel

economy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or climbing grades,

depress the accelerator fully, at

which time the transaxle will auto-

matically downshift to the next lower

gear.

Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual mode is selected

by pushing the shift lever from the D

(Drive) position into the manual gate.

To return to D (Drive) range opera-

tion, push the shift lever back into the

main gate.

In manual mode, moving the shift

lever backwards and forwards will

allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.

In contrast to a manual transaxle, the

manual mode allows gearshifts with

the accelerator pedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one

gear.

• In manual mode, the driver must

execute upshifts in accordance

with road conditions, taking care to

keep the engine speed below the

red zone.

• In manual mode, only the 8 forward

gears can be selected. To reverse

or park the vehicle, move the shift

lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)

position as required.

OYG056013

Driving your vehicle

145

• In manual mode, downshifts are

made automatically when the vehi-

cle slows down. When the vehicle

stops, 1st gear is automatically

selected.

• In manual mode, when the engine

rpm approaches the red zone shift

points are varied to upshift auto-

matically.

• To maintain the required levels of

vehicle performance and safety,

the system may not execute cer-

tain gearshifts when the shift lever

is operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,

push the shift lever forward into the

+(up) position. This causes the

transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear

which is better for smooth driving

on a slippery road. Push the shift

lever to the -(down) side to shift

back to the 1st gear.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

The paddle shifter is available when

the shift lever is in the D position or

the manual mode.

With the shift lever in the D position

The paddle shifter will operate when

the vehicle speed is more than

6.2mph(10km/h).

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear and the

system changes from automatic

mode to manual mode.

When the vehicle speed is lower than

6.2mph(10km/h), if you depress the

accelerator pedal for more than 5

seconds or if you shift the shift lever

from D (Drive) to manual mode and

shift it from manual mode to D (Drive)

again, the system changes from

manual mode to automatic mode.

With the shift lever in the manual mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle

shifters at the same time, you cannot

shift the gear.

OYG056145L

515

Driving your vehicle

Shift lock system

For your safety, the automatic

transaxle has a shift lock system

which prevents shifting the transaxle

from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transaxle from P (Park)

into R (Reverse):

1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2.Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.

3.Move the shift lever.

If the brake pedal is repeatedly

depressed and released with the

shift lever in the P (Park) position, a

chattering noise & vibration near the

shift lever may be heard. It is a nor-

mal condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position into R

(Reverse) position with the brake

pedal depressed, continue depress-

ing the brake, then do the following:

1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release access

hole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole and

press down on the tool.

WARNING - Shifting from

park

Always fully depress the brake

pedal before and while shifting

out of the P (Park) position into

another position to avoid inad-

vertent motion of the vehicle

which could injure persons in

or around the vehicle.

OYG056146L

Driving your vehicle

165

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock

override access hole then install

the cap.

7.We recommend that the system be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Ignition key interlock system

The ignition key cannot be removed

unless the shift lever is in the P

(Park) position. Even if the ignition

switch is in the LOCK position, the

key cannot be removed.

If your vehicle is equipped with

ENGINE START/STOP button, the

button will not change to the OFF

position unless the shift lever is in the

P (Park) position.

Good driving practices

• Never move the gear shift lever

from P (Park) to any other position

with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into

P (Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

• Slow down before shifting to a

lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the

transaxle in P (Park) to keep the

vehicle from moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator pedal.

✽✽

NOTICE - Kickdown

Mechanism

Use the kickdown mechanism for

maximum acceleration. Depress the

accelerator pedal beyond the pres-

sure point. The automatic transaxle

will shift to a lower gear depending

on the engine speed.

Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start

To move up a steep grade from a

standing start, depress the brake

pedal, shift the shift lever to D

(Drive). Select the appropriate gear

depending on load weight and steep-

ness of the grade, and release the

parking brake.Depress the accelera-

tor gradually while releasing the

service brakes.

517

Driving your vehicle

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

In the event that the power-assisted

brakes lose power because of a

stalled engine or some other reason,

you can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than you normally would. The

stopping distance, however, will be

longer.

When the engine is not running, the

reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s

ability to safely slow down; the vehi-

cle may also pull to one side when

the brakes are applied. Applying the

brakes lightly will indicate whether

they have been affected in this way.

Always test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep water.

To dry the brakes, apply them lightly

while maintaining a safe forward

speed until brake performance

returns to normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Steep hill

braking

Avoid continuous application of

the brakes when descending a

long or steep hill by shifting to a

lower gear. Continuous brake

application will cause the brakes

to overheat and could result in a

temporary loss of braking per-

formance.

CAUTION - Brake Pedal

Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal.This will

create abnormally high brake

temperatures which can cause

excessive brake lining and pad

wear.

Driving your vehicle

185

In the event of brake failure

If service brakes fail to operate while

the vehicle is in motion, you can

make an emergency stop with the

parking brake. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be much greater

than normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high-pitched warning sound from

your front brakes or rear brakes.You

may hear this sound come and go or

it may occur whenever you depress

the brake pedal.

Please remember that some driving

conditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when you first apply (or

lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-

mal and does not indicate a problem

with your brakes.

Always replace the front or rear

brake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Parking

brake

Avoid applying the parking

brake to stop the vehicle while it

is moving except in an emer-

gency situation. Applying the

parking brake while the vehicle

is moving at normal speeds can

cause a sudden loss of control

of the vehicle. If you must use

the parking brake to stop the

vehicle, use great caution in

applying the brake.

WARNING - Brake wear

Do not ignore high pitched wear

sounds from your brakes. If you

ignore this audible warning, you

will eventually lose braking per-

formance, which could lead to a

serious accident.

CAUTION - Replace brake

pads

Do not continue to drive with

worn brake pads. Continuing to

drive with worn brake pads can

damage the braking system and

result in costly brake repairs.

519

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake – Foot type

(if equipped)

Applying the parking brake

To engage the parking brake, first

apply the foot brake and then

depress the parking brake pedal

down as far as possible.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the parking brake,

depress the parking brake pedal a

second time while applying the foot

brake. The pedal will automatically

extend to the fully released position.

CAUTION - Parking brake

Driving with the parking brake

applied will cause excessive

brake pad (or lining) and brake

rotor wear.

WARNING - Parking brake

use

• Never allow a passenger to

touch the parking brake. If the

parking brake is released

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

• All vehicles should always

have the parking brake fully

engaged when parked to avoid

inadvertent movement of the

vehicles which can injure

occupants or pedestrians.

OYG056016

OYG056017

Driving your vehicle

205

Check the brake warning light by

turning the ignition switch ON (do not

start the engine). This light will be

illuminated when the parking brake is

applied with the ignition switch in the

START or ON position.

Before driving, be sure the parking

brake is fully released and the brake

warning light is off.

If the brake warning light remains on

after the parking brake is released

while the engine is running, there

may be a malfunction in the brake

system. Immediate attention is nec-

essary.

If at all possible, cease driving the

vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-

sible, use extreme caution while

operating the vehicle and only con-

tinue to drive the vehicle until you

can reach a safe location or repair

shop.

Electronic parking brake (EPB)

(if equipped)

Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (electronic parking

brake):

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the warning light comes

on.

W-75

OYG056018N

521

Driving your vehicle

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-

ly if the Auto Hold button is on when

the engine is turned off. However, if

you press the EPB switch after the

engine is turned off, the EPB will not

be Applied.

✽✽

NOTICE

On a steep incline or when pulling a

trailer, if the vehicle does not remain

at a standstill, do as follows:

1. Apply the EPB.

2. Pull up the EPB switch for more

than 3 seconds.

Do not operate the parking brake/

EPB while the vehicle is moving

except in an emergency situation.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click or electric brake motor

whine sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB, but

these conditions are normal and

indicate that the EPB is functioning

properly.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (electronic parking

brake), press the EPB switch while

doing the following:

• Have the ignition switch or engine

start/stop button in the ON posi-

tion.

• Depress the brake pedal.

• The shift lever must be in P (Park).

Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

OYG056019

Driving your vehicle

225

To release EPB (electronic parking

brake) automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of P

(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of N

(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D

(Drive).

• Automatic Transaxle

1. Start the engine.

2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk.

4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in R (Rear),

D (Drive) or Sports mode.

Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

✽✽

NOTICE

• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the ignition

switch or engine stop/start button

is in the OFF position, but you

cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brake

pedal and release the parking

brake manually with the EPB

switch when you drive downhill or

when backing up the vehicle.

Do not follow the above procedure

when driving on a flat level ground.

The vehicle may suddenly move for-

ward.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the parking brake warning light is

still on even though the EPB has

been released, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

EPB (electronic parking brake) may

be automatically applied when:

• The EPB is overheated

• Requested by other systems

✽✽

NOTICE

If the driver turns the engine off by

mistake while Auto Hold is operat-

ing, EPB will be automatically

applied. (Vehicles equipped with

Auto Hold)

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with

the EPB applied. It may cause

excessive brake pad and brake

rotor wear.

523

Driving your vehicle

System warning

“To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close

door, hood and trunk”

• If you try to drive off depressing the

accelerator pedal with the EPB

applied, but the EPB doesn't

release automatically, a warning

will sound and a message will

appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-

tened and the engine hood, driver's

door or trunk is opened, a warning

will sound and a message will

appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-

cle, a warning may sound and a

message may appear.

If the above situation occurs, depress

the brake pedal and release EPB by

pressing the EPB switch.

• A click or electric brake motor

whine sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB, but

these conditions are normal and

indicate that the EPB is functioning

properly.

• When leaving your keys with a

parking lot attendant or valet, make

sure to inform him/her how to oper-

ate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction if you

drive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically release

EPB by depressing the accelerator

pedal, depress it slowly.

WARNING - Parking

Brake Use

All vehicles should always have

the parking brake fully engaged

when parked to avoid inadver-

tent movement of the car which

can injure occupants or pedes-

trians.

Driving your vehicle

245

System warning

“AUTO HOLD deactivating. Press

brake pedal”

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

✽✽

NOTICE

Depress the brake pedal when the

above message appears for the Auto

Hold and EPB may not activate.

System warning

“Parking brake automatically locked”

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold

is activated because of ESC

(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

EPB malfunction indicator

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if the

engine start/stop button is changed

to the ON position and goes off in

approximately 3 seconds if the sys-

tem is operation normally.

If the EPB malfunction indicator

remains on, comes on while driving,

or does not come on when the igni-

tion switch or the engine start/stop

button is changed to the ON position,

this indicates that the EPB may have

malfunctioned.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer

as soon as possible.

The EPB malfunction indicator may

illuminate when the ESC indicator

comes on to indicate that the ESC is

not working properly, but it does not

indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OYG056020

525

Driving your vehicle

• The EPB warning light may illumi-

nate if the EPB switch operates

abnormally. Shut the engine off

and turn it on again after a few min-

utes. The warning light will go off

and the EPB switch will operate

normally. However, if the EPB

warning light is still on, have the

system checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

• If the parking brake warning light

does not illuminate or blinks even

though the EPB switch was pulled

up, the EPB is not applied.

• If the parking brake warning light

blinks when the EPB warning light

is on, press the switch, then pull it

up. Once more press it back to its

original position and pull it back up.

If the EPB warning does not go off,

have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brake

pedal while driving, emergency brak-

ing is possible by pulling up and

holding the EPB switch. Braking is

possible only while you are holding

the EPB switch.

✽✽

NOTICE

During emergency braking by the

EPB, the parking brake warning

light will illuminate to indicate that

the system is operating.

If you notice a continuous noise or

burning smell when the EPB is used

for emergency braking, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

When the EPB (electronic parking

brake) is not released

If the EPB does not release normal-

ly, take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on

a flatbed tow truck and have the sys-

tem checked.

WARNING

Do not operate the electronic

parking brake while the vehicle is

moving except in an emergency

situation. Applying the electronic

parking brake while the vehicle is

moving at normal speeds can

cause a sudden loss of control of

the vehicle. If you must use the

electronic parking brake to stop

the vehicle, use great caution in

applying the brake.

Driving your vehicle

265

AUTO HOLD (if equipped)

The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle

in a standstill even though the brake

pedal is not depressed after the driv-

er brings the vehicle to a complete

stop by depressing the brake pedal.

1.Depress the brake pedal, start the

engine and then press the Auto

Hold button. The white AUTO

HOLD indicator will come on indi-

cating the system is in standby.

Before the Auto Hold will engage,

the driver's door, engine hood must

be closed and the driver's seat belt

must be fastened.

2.When coming to a complete stop

by depressing the brake pedal, the

AUTO HOLD indicator changes

from white to green indicating the

AUTO HOLD is engaged.The vehi-

cle will remain at a standstill even if

you release the brake pedal.

3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

OYG056021 OYG056022

527

Driving your vehicle

4. If you press the accelerator pedal

with the shift lever in D (Drive) or

manual mode, the Auto Hold will

be released automatically and the

vehicle will start to move.The indi-

cator changes from green to white

indicating the Auto Hold is in

standby and the EPB is released.

When driving off from Auto Hold by

depressing the accelerator pedal,

always check the surrounding area

near your vehicle.

Slowly depress the accelerator pedal

for a smooth launch.

Cancel

To cancel the Auto Hold operation,

press the Auto Hold switch. The

AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.

To cancel the Auto Hold operation

when the vehicle is at a standstill,

press the Auto Hold switch while

depressing the brake pedal.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The following are conditions when

the Auto Hold will not engage

(Auto Hold light will not turn

green and the Auto Hold system

remains in stand by):

- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened

- The engine hood is opened

- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R

(Reverse)

- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold

automatically switches to EPB

under any of the following condi-

tions (Auto Hold light remains

white and the EPB automatically

applies):

- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened

- The engine hood is opened

- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes

- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope

- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)

OYG056023

Driving your vehicle

285

(Continued)

In these cases, the brake warning

light comes on, the AUTO HOLD

indicator changes from green to

white, and a warning sounds and a

message will appear to inform you

that EPB has been automatically

engaged. Before driving off again,

press foot brake pedal, check the

surrounding area near your vehi-

cle and release parking brake

manually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicator

lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is

not working properly. Take your

vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-

er and have the system checked.

If there is a malfunction with the dri-

ver’s door, engine hood open detec-

tion system, the Auto Hold may not

work properly.

Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia

dealer and have the system checked.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click or electric brake motor

whine sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB, but

these conditions are normal and

indicate that the EPB is functioning

properly.

Warning messages

“Parking brake automatically locked”

When the EPB is applied from Auto

Hold, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

“AUTO HOLD deactivating. Press

brake pedal”

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

✽✽

NOTICE

When this message is displayed, the

Auto Hold and EPB may not oper-

ate. For your safety, depress the

brake pedal.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an acci-

dent, do not activate Auto Hold

while driving downhill, backing

up or parking your vehicle.

529

Driving your vehicle

“Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO

HOLD”

If you do not apply the brake pedal

when you release the Auto Hold by

pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

“AUTO HOLD conditions not met.

Close door, hood, and fasten seatbelt”

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch, if the driver’s door, engine

hood are not closed or the driver’s

seat belt is unfastened, a warning

will sound and a message will

appear on the LCD display. At this

moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]

button after closing the driver’s door,

engine hood and fastening the seat

belt.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-

dents due to improper or dangerous

driving maneuvers. Even though

vehicle control is improved during

emergency braking, always maintain

a safe distance between you and

objects ahead. Vehicle speeds

should always be reduced during

extreme road conditions.The vehicle

should be driven at reduced speeds

in the following circumstances:

• When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads

• When driving with tire chains

installed

• When driving on roads where the

road surface is pitted or has differ-

ent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increases

the stopping distance for your vehicle.

The ABS continuously senses the

speed of the wheels. If the wheels

are going to lock, the ABS system

repeatedly modulates the hydraulic

brake pressure to the wheels.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’

sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-

responding sensation in the brake

pedal. This is normal and it means

your ABS is active.

In order to obtain the maximum benefit

from your ABS in an emergency situa-

tion, do not attempt to modulate your

brake pressure and do not try to pump

your brakes.Press your brake pedal as

hard as possible or as hard as the sit-

uation allows the ABS to control the

force being delivered to the brakes.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the anti-lock brake

system is functioning properly.

Driving your vehicle

305

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-

tem, your vehicle still requires suf-

ficient stopping distance. Always

maintain a safe distance from the

vehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.

The anti-lock brake system cannot

prevent accidents resulting from

excessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake

system may result in a longer stop-

ping distance than for vehicles

equipped with a conventional

brake system.

The ABS warning light will stay on for

approximately 3 seconds after the

ignition switch is ON. During that

time, the ABS will go through self-

diagnosis and the light will go off if

everything is normal.If the light stays

on, you may have a problem with

your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,

and have operated your brakes

continuously, the ABS will be active

continuously and the ABS warning

light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-

cle over to a safe place and stop

the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light goes off, then your

ABS system is normal. Otherwise,

you may have a problem with the

ABS. Contact an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the

engine may not run as smoothly and

the ABS warning light may turn on at

the same time. This happens because

of low battery voltage. It does not

mean your ABS has malfunctioned.

• Do not pump your brakes!

• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

531

Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control

(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control

(ESC) system is designed to stabi-

lize the vehicle during cornering

maneuvers. ESC checks where you

are steering and where the vehicle is

actually going. ESC applies the

brakes on individual wheels and

intervenes with the engine manage-

ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC) will

not prevent accidents. Excessive

speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers

and hydroplaning on wet surfaces

can still result in serious accidents.

Only a safe and attentive driver can

prevent accidents by avoiding

maneuvers that cause the vehicle to

lose traction. Even with ESC

installed, always follow all the normal

precautions for driving - including

driving at safe speeds for the condi-

tions.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system is an electronic system

designed to help the driver maintain

vehicle control under adverse condi-

tions.It is not a substitute for safe driv-

ing practices. Factors including speed,

road conditions and driver steering

input can all affect whether ESC will be

effective in preventing a loss of control.

It is still your responsibility to drive and

corner at reasonable speeds and to

leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the wheels,

you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-

tion in the brake pedal. This is normal

and it means your ESC is active.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the Electronic

Stability Control System is function-

ing properly.

OYG056024

Driving your vehicle

325

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turned

ON, ESC and ESC OFF

indicator lights illuminate for

approximately 3 seconds,

then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-

ton for at least half a sec-

ond after turning the igni-

tion ON to turn ESC off.

(ESC OFF indicator will

illuminate). To turn the

ESC on, press the ESC

OFF button (ESC OFF

indicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,

you may hear a slight tick-

ing sound. This is the ESC

performing an automatic

system self-check and does

not indicate a problem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-

tion, the ESC indicator light

blinks.

• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-

ing properly, you can feel a

slight pulsation in the vehi-

cle. This is only the effect

of brake control and indi-

cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the

mud or driving on a slip-

pery road, pressing the

accelerator pedal may not

cause the engine rpm

(revolutions per minute) to

increase.

ESC operation off

ESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESC

off states.

If the engine stops when

ESC is off, ESC remains off.

Upon restarting the engine,

the ESC will automatically

turn on again.

533

Driving your vehicle

• ESC off state 1

“Traction Control disabled”

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) short-

ly (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF

) illuminates). At this state, the

engine control function does not oper-

ate.It means the traction control func-

tion does not operate. Brake control

function only operates.

• ESC off state 2

“Traction & Stability Control disabled”

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for

more than 3 seconds.ESC OFF indi-

cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates

and ESC OFF warning chime will

sound. At this state, the engine con-

trol function and brake control func-

tion do not operate. It means the car

stability control function does not

operate any more.

Indicator light

When ignition switch is turned to ON,

the indicator light illuminates, then

goes off if the ESC system is operat-

ing normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever ESC is operating or illuminates

when ESC fails to operate.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off with

the button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNING - Electronic sta-

bility control

Drive carefully even though your

vehicle has Electronic Stability

Control. It can only assist you in

maintaining control under cer-

tain circumstances.

Driving your vehicle

345

ESC OFF usage

When driving

• ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while driving

on a flat road surface.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated). If the ESC is left on,

it may prevent the vehicle speed

from increasing, and result in false

diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affect

ABS or brake system operation.

Vehicle stability management

(VSM)

This system provides further

enhancements to vehicle stability

and steering responses when a vehi-

cle is driving on a slippery road or a

vehicle detects changes in coeffi-

cient of friction between right wheels

and left wheels when braking.

VSM operation

When the VSM is in operation, ESC

indicator light ( ) blinks.

When the vehicle stability manage-

ment is operating properly, you can

feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle

and/or abnormal steering responses

(EPS- Electronic Power Steering).

This is only the effect of brake and

EPS control and indicates nothing

unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a sloping road such as a

gradient or incline

• Driving in reverse

• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster

• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

WARNING - Operating

ESC

Never press the ESC OFF but-

ton while ESC is operating (ESC

indicator light blinks).

If ESC is turned off while ESC is

operating, the vehicle may slip

out of control.

WARNING - Tire/

Wheel size

When replacing tires and wheels,

make sure they are the same size

as the original tires and wheels

installed. Driving with varying

tire or wheel sizes may diminish

any supplemental safety benefits

of the VSM system.

535

Driving your vehicle

VSM operation off

If you press the ESC OFF button to

turn off the ESC, the VSM will also

cancel and the ESC OFF indicator

light ( ) illuminates.

To turn on the VSM, press the button

again. The ESC OFF indicator light

goes out.

Malfunction indicator

The VSM can be deactivated even if

you don’t cancel the VSM operation

by pressing the ESC OFF button. It

indicates that a malfunction has

been detected somewhere in the

Electric Power Steering system or

VSM system. If the ESC indicator

light ( ) or EPS warning light

remains on, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 13 mph (22

km/h) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 6 mph (10

km/h) when a vehicle is braking on

a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur-

face is made of two surfaces which

have different friction forces.

• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute for safe

driving practices but a supplemen-

tary function only. It is the respon-

sibility of the driver to always check

the speed and the distance to the

vehicle ahead. Always hold the

steering wheel firmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to activate

according to the driver’s intention,

even with installed VSM. Always fol-

low all the normal precautions for

driving at safe speeds for the condi-

tions – including driving in clement

weather and on a slippery road.

✽✽

NOTICE

For maximum protection, always

wear your seat belt. No system, no

matter how advanced, can compen-

sate for all driver error and/or driv-

ing conditions. Always drive respon-

sibly.

Driving your vehicle

365

Hill-start assist control (HAC)

A vehicle has the tendency to roll

back on a steep hill when it starts to

go after stopping. The Hill-start

Assist Control (HAC) prevents the

vehicle from rolling back by applying

the brakes automatically for about 2

seconds. The brakes are released

when the accelerator pedal is

depressed or after about 2 seconds.

The HAC is activated only for about 2

seconds, so when the vehicle is

starting off always depress the accel-

erator pedal.

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake

is not engaged and the parking

brake indicator light is out before

driving away.

• Driving through water may get the

brakes wet. They can also get wet

when the vehicle is washed. Wet

brakes can be dangerous! Your

vehicle will not stop as quickly if the

brakes are wet. Wet brakes may

cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action

returns to normal, taking care to

keep the vehicle under control at all

times.If the braking action does not

return to normal, stop as soon as it

is safe to do so and call an author-

ized Kia dealer for assistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the

vehicle out of gear.This is extreme-

ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in

gear at all times, use the brakes to

slow down, then shift to a lower

gear so that engine braking will

help you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.

Resting your foot on the brake

pedal while driving can be danger-

ous because the brakes might

overheat and lose their effective-

ness. It also increases the wear of

the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing, apply the brakes gently and

keep the vehicle pointed straight

ahead while you slow down.When

you are moving slowly enough for it

to be safe to do so, pull off the road

and stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with an

Automatic Transaxle, don't let your

vehicle creep forward. To avoid

creeping forward, keep your foot

firmly on the brake pedal when the

vehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.

Firmly engage the parking brake

and place the shift lever in P (auto-

matic transaxle). If your vehicle is

facing downhill, turn the front

wheels into the curb to help keep

the vehicle from rolling.

WARNING - Maintaining

Brake Pressure on Incline

HAC does not replace the need

to apply brakes while stopped on

an incline. While stopped, make

sure you maintain brake pres-

sure sufficient to prevent your

vehicle from rolling backward

and causing an accident. Don’t

release the brake pedal until you

are ready to accelerate forward.

537

Driving your vehicle

If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn

the front wheels away from the

curb to help keep the vehicle from

rolling. If there is no curb or if it is

required by other conditions to

keep the vehicle from rolling, block

the wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-

ing brake can freeze in the

engaged position.This is most like-

ly to happen when there is an

accumulation of snow or ice

around or near the rear brakes or if

the brakes are wet.If there is a risk

that the parking brake may freeze,

apply it only temporarily while you

put the shift lever in P (automatic

transaxle) and block the rear

wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.

Then release the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on an

incline with the accelerator pedal.

This can cause the transaxle to

overheat. Always use the brake

pedal or parking brake.

Driving your vehicle

385

The AEB system is to reduce or to

avoid accident risk. It recognizes the

distance from the vehicle ahead or

the pedestrian through the sensors

(i.e. radar and camera), and, if nec-

essary, warns the driver of accident

risk with the warning message or the

warning alarms.

✽✽

NOTICE

Take the following precautions when

using the Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB):

• This system is only a supplemental

system and it is not intended to,

nor does it replace the need for

extreme care and attention of the

driver. The sensing range and

objects detectable by the sensors

are limited. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road conditions or

while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to prevent

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring. AEB does not stop

the vehicle completely and does

not avoid collisions.

System setting and activation

System setting

The driver can activate the AEB by

placing the ignition switch to the ON

position and by selecting 'User

Settings', 'Driving Assist', and

'Autonomous Emergency Braking.

The AEB deactivates, when the driv-

er cancels the system setting.

WARNING

Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB) Limitations

The AEB system is a supple-

mental system and is not a sub-

stitute for safe driving prac-

tices. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always check the

speed and distance to the vehi-

cle ahead to ensure it is safety

to use the AEB system.

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB)/ FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW)

(IF EQUIPPED)

539

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the AEB

system. The driver can

monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. When the warning

light remains ON with the AEB acti-

vated, we recommend you to have

the system checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the instrument cluster

LCD display. The options for the ini-

tial Forward Collision Warning

include the following:

• EARLY - When this condition is

selected, the initial

Forward Collision Warning

is activated earlier than

normal. This setting maxi-

mizes the amount of dis-

tance between the vehicle

or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• NORMAL - When this condition is

selected, the initial

Forward Collision

Warning is activated nor-

mally.This setting allows

for a nominal amount of

distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian

ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

• LATE - When this condition is

selected, the initial Forward

Collision Warning is activat-

ed later than normal. This

setting reduces the amount

of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead

before the initial warning

occurs.

Driving your vehicle

405

Prerequisite for activation

The AEB will activate when the AEB

is selected on the LCD display, and

when the following prerequisites are

satisfied:

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is activated.

- The driving speed is over 6 mph.

(The AEB only works within a cer-

tain range of vehicle speeds)

- When the AEB recognizes a vehi-

cle or the pedestrian in front. (The

AEB may not recognize every

obstacle or provide warnings and

braking in every situation, so do

not rely on the AEB to stop the

vehicle in instances where the driv-

er sees an obstacle and has the

ability to apply the brakes)

• The AEB automatically activates

when you turn the vehicle on.

The driver can deactivate the AEB

by canceling the system setting on

the LCD display.

• The AEB automatically deactivates

when canceling the ESC.When the

ESC is canceled, the AEB cannot

be activated on the LCD display.

WARNING

To avoid driver distractions, do

not attempt to set or cancel the

AEB while operating the vehicle.

541

Driving your vehicle

AEB warning message and

system control

The AEB produces warning mes-

sages, warning alarms, and emer-

gency braking based on the level of

risk of a frontal collision, such as

when a vehicle ahead suddenly

brakes, when there is no following dis-

tance from the vehicle in front, or

when it detects a collision with a

pedestrian is imminent.

Forward Warning (1st warning)

The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

Collision Warning (2nd warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The AEB applies the brakes within

certain limit to reduce the impact

from a collision.

OYG056089N OYG056090N

Driving your vehicle

425

Emergency braking (3

warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The AEB controls the brakes with-

in certain limit to release shock

from the collision.

The AEB controls the maximum

brakes just before the collision.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The AEB provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver

depresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the brake pedal,

or when the driver abruptly turns

the steering wheel.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly canceled, when risk factors dis-

appear.

The driver should always exercise

caution when operating the vehicle,

even though there is no warning

message or warning alarm.

✽✽

NOTICE

The AEB operates in accordance

with the risk levels, such as the dis-

tance from the vehicle/passer-by in

front, the speed of the vehicle/pass-

er-by in front, and the driver's vehi-

cle operation.

OYG056091N

WARNING

The AEB cannot avoid all colli-

sions. The AEB might not com-

pletely stop the vehicle before

collision, due to ambient weath-

er and road conditions. The

driver has the responsibility to

drive safely and control the

vehicle.

543

Driving your vehicle

Sensor to detect the distance

from the vehicle in front

(front radar)

The sensor is to maintain a certain

distance from the vehicle in front.

However, the smudged sensor lens

with foreign substances, such as

snow and rain, adversely affects the

sensing performance. It may even

temporarily cancel the AEB. Always

keep the sensor lens clean.

Warning message and warning

light

When the sensor is covered or the

sensor lens is dirty with foreign sub-

stances, such as snow or rain, the

AEB operation may temporarily stop.

In this case, a warning message

(“Auto Emergency Braking disabled.

Radar blocked”) will appear to notify

the driver.

This is not a malfunction with the

AEB. To operate the AEB again,

remove the foreign substances.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not install any accessories, such

as a license plate bracket or

bumper sticker near the sensor

area. Do not replace the bumper

by yourself. Doing so may adverse-

ly affect the sensing performance.

• Always keep the sensor/bumper

area clean.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash the

vehicle. Also, do not spray highly

pressurized water on the sensor

installed on the bumper.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the frontal sensor

area. When the sensor moves out

of the correct position due to

external force, the system may not

operate correctly even without the

warning light or message. In this

case, we recommend you to have

the vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Use only the genuine Kia sensor

cover. Do not arbitrarily apply

paint on the sensor cover.

OYG056025

Driving your vehicle

445

System malfunction

• When the AEB is not working prop-

erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will

illuminate and the warning mes-

sage will appear for a few seconds.

After the message disappears, the

master warning light ( ) will illu-

minate.In this case, we recommend

you to have the vehicle inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

• The AEB warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC warning light.

• The AEB may unnecessarily pro-

duce warning messages and warn-

ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim-

itation, the AEB may not produce

warning messages or warning

alarm at all.

• When there is a malfunction with

the AEB, the braking control does

not operate upon detecting a colli-

sion risk even with other braking

systems normally operating.

• The AEB operates only for the

vehicle / pedestrian in front, while

driving forward. It does not operate

for any animals or vehicles in the

opposite direction.

• The AEB can not recognize cross-

traffic or parked vehicles present-

ing a side-profile.

OYG056094N

WARNING

The AEB is only a supplemental

system for the driver’s conven-

ience.

The driver still maintains

responsibility to control the

vehicle. Do not solely depend

on the AEB system. Rather,

maintain a safe braking dis-

tance, and, if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to

lower the driving speed.

545

Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system

The AEB is an assistant system for a

driver in a certain risky driving condi-

tion and it does not take every

responsibility for all risks from driving

condition.

The AEB monitors the driving situa-

tions through the radar and the cam-

era sensor. For any vehicle activity

occurring outside the sensor range,

the AEB may not function.The driver

should exercise caution in the follow-

ing situations, as the AEB operation

may be limited:

Recognizing vehicles

- The radar or the camera is con-

taminated with foreign substances.

- It heavily rains or snows.

- There is electromagnetic interfer-

ence.

- Something in the path of travel

deflects the radar waves.

- The vehicle in front has a narrow

body.(i.e.motorcycles and bicycles)

- The driver’s view is degraded by

driving towards sunlight, reflected

light, or darkness.

- The camera cannot see the full

profile of the vehicle in front.

- The vehicle in front is a special

vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded

truck or a trailer.

The vehicle in front does not turn

ON the rear lights, does not have

rear lights, has asymmetric rear

lights, or has rear lights out of angle.

- The outside brightness is greatly

changed, such as entering/exiting

the tunnel.

- The vehicle driving is unstable.

- The radar/camera sensor recogni-

tion is limited.

Driving your vehicle

465

- Driving on a curve

The AEB performance decreases

while driving on a curve. The AEB

may not recognize the vehicle in front

even in the same lane. It may unnec-

essarily produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm, or it

may not produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm at all.

While driving on a curve, exercise

caution, and, if necessary, depress

the brake pedal.

While driving on a curve, the AEB

may recognize the vehicle in front in

the next lane.Exercise caution, and, if

necessary, depress the brake pedal.

Or, depress the accelerator pedal to

maintain the driving speed. Always,

take a look around the vehicle for

your safety.

- Driving on a slope

The AEB performance decreases

while driving upward or downward on

a slope, not recognizing the vehicle

in front in the same lane. It may

unnecessarily produce the warning

message and the warning alarm, or it

may not produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm at all.

When the AEB suddenly recognizes

the vehicle in front while passing

over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal.

OYG056043 OYG056044OYG056042

547

Driving your vehicle

- Changing lanes

Even though the vehicle in the next

lane enters into your lane, it may not

be recognized by the AEB, until it

enters the AEB sensing range.

Especially when the vehicle in the

next lane abruptly enters into your

lane, it is more likely not be recog-

nized. Always be attentive to driving

conditions.

When the stopped vehicle in front

gets out of the lane, it may not be

recognized by your AEB. Always be

attentive to driving conditions.

- Recognizing the vehicle

When the vehicle in front has heavy

loading extended rearward, or when

the vehicle in front has higher ground

clearance, it may induce a haz-

ardous situation.

OYG056045 OYG056048 OYG056050

Driving your vehicle

485

Recognizing pedestrians

- The pedestrian is not fully captured

by the camera sensor, or the

pedestrian does not walk in the

upright position.

- The pedestrian moves very fast.

- The pedestrian abruptly appears in

front.

- The pedestrian wears clothes sim-

ilar in color to the background.

- Conditions outside are too bright or

too dark.

- The vehicle drives at night or in the

darkness.

- There is an item similar in shape a

person’s body structure.

- The pedestrian is small.

- The pedestrian has impaired

mobility.

- The pedestrian blends in with their

surroundings.

- Sensor recognition is limited by

rain, snow, fog, etc.

- There is a group of pedestrians.

✽✽

NOTICE

The system may temporarily cancel

due to the strong electric waves.

• Pay great caution to the vehicle in

front, when it has heavy loading

extended rearward, or when it has

higher ground clearance.

• The sensor only detects pedestri-

an, not carts, bicycles, motorcy-

cles, luggage bags, or strollers.

WARNING - Testing the

AEB

The AEB does not operate in

certain situations. Thus, never

test-operate the AEB against a

person or an object. It may

cause a severe injury or even

death.

WARNING - AEB and

Towing

Cancel the AEB in the User

Settings on the LCD display,

before towing another vehicle.

While towing, the brake applica-

tion may adversely affect your

vehicle safety.

549

Driving your vehicle

The cruise control system allows you

to program the vehicle to maintain a

constant speed without depressing

the accelerator pedal.

This system is designed to function

above approximately 20 mph (30

km/h).

If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-

ment cluster illuminated) the cruise

control can be switched on acciden-

tally. Keep the cruise control system

off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)

when the cruise control is not in use,

to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

Use the cruise control system only

when traveling on open highways in

good weather.

Do not use the cruise control when

driving in heavy or varying traffic, or

on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-

ered) or winding roads or over 6%

up-hill or down-hill roads.

✽✽

NOTICE

• During normal cruise control oper-

ation, when the SET switch is acti-

vated or reactivated after applying

the brakes, the cruise control will

energize after approximately 3 sec-

onds. This delay is normal.

• To activate cruise control, depress

the brake pedal at least once after

turning the ignition switch to the

ON position or starting the engine.

This is to check if the brake switch

which is important part to cancel

cruise control is in normal condi-

tion.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING

- Misuse of

Cruise Control

Do not use cruise control if the

traffic situation does not allow

you to drive safely at a constant

speed and with sufficient dis-

tance to the vehicle in front.

OYG056032N

Driving your vehicle

505

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The CRUISE indicator light in

the instrument cluster will illumi-

nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,

which must be more than 20 mph

(30 km/h).

3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and

release it at the desired speed.The

cruise indicator and set speed on

the LCD screen will illuminate.

Release the accelerator at the

same time. The desired speed will

automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going downhill.

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it.Your vehicle will accelerate.

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1

km/h ) each time the lever is operat-

ed in this manner.

OYG056033

OYG056034

OYG056035

551

Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually

slow down.Release the lever at the

speed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

release it immediately.The cruising

speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1

km/h) each time the lever is operat-

ed in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with the cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do

one of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) with an

Automatic Transaxle.

• Press the CANCEL switch.

• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the set speed by 12 mph (20

km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 15 mph (25

km/h).

OYG056036OYG056034

Driving your vehicle

525

Each of these actions will cancel

cruise control operation (The set

speed on the LCD will disappear and

the CRUISE indicator will illuminate

continuously.), but it will not turn the

system off. If you wish to resume

cruise control operation, move the

lever up (to RES+). You will return to

your previously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed at

more than approximately 20

mph (30 km/h):

If any method other than the

CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used

to cancel cruising speed and the sys-

tem is still activated, the most recent

set speed will automatically resume

when you move the lever up.

It will not resume, however, if the

vehicle speed has dropped below

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do

one of the following:

• Press the CRUISE button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the

instrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.

Both of these actions will cancel the

cruise control operation. If you want

to resume the cruise control opera-

tion, repeat the steps provided in “To

set cruise control speed” on the pre-

vious page.

OYG056035

OYG056033

553

Driving your vehicle

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (ASCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

➀ Cruise indicator

➁ Set speed

➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The ASCC allows you to program the

vehicle to maintain a set speed so

long as it is not limited by traffic.

When traffic is encountered the vehi-

cle will slow down to maintain a set

distance behind traffic without

depressing the accelerator or brake

pedal.

WARNING - Advanced

Smart Cruise Control

Inadvertent Activation

If the advanced smart cruise

control is left on (CRUISE indi-

cator in the instrument cluster

illuminated), it can be activated

inadvertently. Keep the

advanced smart cruise control

system off (CRUISE indicator

turn off) when the advanced

smart cruise control is not in

use to avoid setting a speed

which the driver is not aware of.

WARNING

- Advanced Smart Cruise

Control Limitations

• The advanced smart cruise

control is a supplemental sys-

tem and is not a substitute for

safe driving practices. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always check the speed and

distance to the vehicle ahead.

(Continued)

OYG056096N

(Continued)

• Do not use the advanced

smart cruise control when it

may not be safe to keep the

car at a constant speed, for

instance.

- Highway interchange and

tollgate

- Road surrounded by abnor-

mally multiple steel con-

structions (subway con-

struction, steel tunnel, etc)

- Parking lot

- Lanes beside guard rail on a

road

- Slippery road with rain, ice,

or snow covered

- Abrupt curved road

- Steep hills

- Windy roads

- Off roads

- Rods under construction

- Rumble strip

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

545

Speed setting (ASCC)

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn

the system on. The CRUISE indi-

cator in the instrument cluster will

illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 120 mph

(200 km/h) : when there is no

vehicle in front

• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 120 mph (200

km/h) : when there is a vehicle in

front

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),

and release it at the desired

speed. The set speed and vehicle

to vehicle distance on the LCD

screen will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

OYG056037

OYG056038

(Continued)

- The sensing ability decreas-

es if the level of front and

rear vehicle is changed from

the factory.

- Limited visibility (rain, snow,

smog, etc)

- Cruise function should not

be used when the vehicle is

being towed to prevent any

damage.

• The advanced smart cruise

control system cannot recog-

nize a stopped vehicle, pedes-

trians or an oncoming vehicle.

Always look ahead cautiously

to prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occurring.

• Use the advanced smart cruise

control system only when trav-

eling on open highways in

good weather conditions.

555

Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

release it immediately.The cruising

speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0

km/h) each time you move the

lever up (to RES+) in this manner.

• ASCC will operate to a maximum

setting of 120 mph (200 km/h).

However all local speed limit laws

must be followed.

To decrease the cruise control

set speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0

km/h) each time you move the lever

down (to SET-) in this manner.

• You can set the cruise control to any

speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

To temporarily accelerate with the

cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

If you move the lever down (to SET-)

at increased speed, the cruising

speed will be set again.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful when accelerating tem-

porarily, because the speed is not

regulated automatically at this time

even if there is a vehicle in front of

you.

OYG056148N OYG056038

Driving your vehicle

565

ASCC will be temporarily can-

celed when:

Cancelled manually

The advanced smart cruise control is

temporarily canceled when the brake

pedal is depressed or the CANCEL

button is pressed. The speed and

vehicle to vehicle distance indicator

on the cluster will disappear and the

CRUISE indicator is illuminated con-

tinuously.

Cancelled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).

• The EPB (electronic parking brake)

is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph

(210 km/h)

• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operat-

ing.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• When the vehicle is stopped for

over 5 minutes.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the lever up (RES +) or down

(SET -) or depressing the acceler-

ator pedal approximately 3 sec-

onds after the vehicle is stopped by

the Advanced Smart Cruise

Control System with no other vehi-

cle ahead or a vehicle stopped far

away in front.

• The engine speed is in dangerous

range.

• The ASCC system has malfunc-

tioned.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for long time.

Each of these actions will cancel the

ASCC operation. (The set speed

and vehicle-to-vehicle distance on

the LCD display will go off.)

If the ASCC is cancelled automati-

cally, the ASCC will not resume

even though the RES+ or SET-

lever is moved.Also, the EPB (elec-

tronic parking brake) will be applied

when the vehicle is stopped.

- When activating the AEB

(Autonomous Emergency Braking)

If the ASCC is cancelled by a reason

not mentioned, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OYG056040

557

Driving your vehicle

“Smart Cruise Control canceled”

✽✽

NOTICE

If the system is automatically can-

celled, the warning chime will sound

and a message will appear for a few

seconds. You must adjust the vehicle

speed by depressing the accelerator

or brake pedal according to the road

conditions ahead and driving condi-

tion. Always check the road condi-

tions. Do not rely on the warning

chime.

To resume cruise control set

speed:

If any method other than the

CRUISE button was used to cancel

cruising speed and the system is still

activated, the cruising speed will

automatically resume when you

move the lever up/down (to RES+ or

SET-).

If you move the lever up (to RES+),

the speed will resume to the recently

set speed. It will not resume if the

vehicle speed has dropped below

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

WARNING - Following

Distance

• To avoid collisions, always be

aware of the selected speed

and vehicle to vehicle dis-

tance settings when activat-

ing your smart cruise control

system.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

OYG056148N

Driving your vehicle

585

To turn cruise control off:

Press the CRUISE button. (the

CRUISE indicator in the instrument

cluster will go off).

Vehicle to vehicle distance

setting (ASCC)

To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

This function allows you to program

the vehicle to maintain relative dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead without

depressing the accelerator pedal or

brake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance will

automatically activate when the

ASCC is on.

Select the appropriate distance

according to road conditions and

vehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, the

vehicle to vehicle distance changes

as follows:

OYG056037

OYG056041

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

559

Driving your vehicle

For example, if you drive at 56 mph

(90 km/h), the distance is maintained

as follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

(52.5 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

(40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

(32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

(25 m)

✽✽

NOTICE

The advanced smart cruise control

system remember the last vehicle to

vehicle distance which the driver

used in the vehicle with AEB.

• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.

• The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain

the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A

vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when

there is an actual vehicle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising

speed after accelerating to the selected speed.

OYG056100N

OYG056099N

OYG056101N

OYG056098N

Distance 4

Distance 2

Distance 3

Distance 1

Driving your vehicle

605

• The warning chime sounds and

LCD display blinks if it is hard to

maintain the selected distance to

the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

actively adjust the vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

• Even if the warning chime is not acti-

vated, always pay attention to the

driving conditions to prevent danger-

ous situations from occurring.

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:

less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves

to the next lane, the warning chime

will sound and a message (“Watch

for stopped vehicle”) will appear.

If a vehicle enters into your lane mov-

ing less than the designated speed,

you can adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal.

In heavy traffic

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the

vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if

the vehicle ahead of you starts mov-

ing, your vehicle will start as well.

However, if the vehicle stops for

more than 3 seconds, you must

depress the accelerator pedal or

move up/down the lever (to RES+ or

SET-) to start driving. A message

(“Use switch or pedal to accelerate”)

will appear.

OYG056128

561

Driving your vehicle

Radar to detect distance to the

vehicle ahead

The sensor detects distance to the

vehicle ahead.

If the sensor is covered with dirt or

other foreign matter, the vehicle to

vehicle distance control may not

operate correctly.

Always keep the sensor clean.

Radar check message

“Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar

blocked”

If the radar or cover is dirty or

obscured with foreign matter such as

snow, this message will appear and it

will disappear after for a while.In this

case, the system may not function

temporarily, but it does not indicate a

malfunction of the Advanced Smart

Cruise Control System. Clean the

radar or cover by using a soft cloth

and it will operate normally.

ASCC (Advanced Smart Cruise

Control) malfunction message

“Check Smart Cruise Control System”

The message will appear when the

vehicle to vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer and have the system

checked.

• Always keep the sensor and

bumper clean.

• Use only a genuine Kia sensor

cover for your vehicle.

• Do not install accessories around

the sensor and do not replace the

bumper by yourself.It may interfere

with the sensor performance.

• Impact damage to the sensor or

sensor area may cause the sensor

to move slightly off position and

result in the ASCC not operating

correctly without any warning or

indicator from the cluster. If this

occurs, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Kia dealer as

soon as possible.

OYG056025

CAUTION

- Sensor

Damage

To prevent sensor cover dam-

age from occurring, wash the

car with a soft cloth.

Driving your vehicle

625

To adjust the sensitivity of

Advanced Smart Cruise Control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed when

following the front vehicle to maintain

the set distance can be adjusted. Go

to the User Settings Mode (Driving

Assist) and select SCC (Smart

Cruise Control). You may select one

of the three stages you prefer.

• Slow:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is slower than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is normal

• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is faster than normal speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

The system remembers the last

selected mode.

To convert to cruise control

mode:

The driver may choose to only use

the cruise control mode (speed con-

trol function) by doing as follows:

1.Turn the ASCC on (the cruise indi-

cator light will be on but the system

will not be activated).

2.Push the distance to distance

switch for more than 2 seconds.

3.Choose between "Smart cruise

control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise

control (CC) mode".

When using the cruise control mode,

you must manually assess the dis-

tance to other vehicles as the system

will not automatically brake to slow

down for other vehicles.

Limitations of the system

The ASCC may have limits to its abil-

ity to detect distance to the vehicle

ahead due to road and traffic condi-

tions.

OYG056042

563

Driving your vehicle

On curves

• On curves, the ASCC may not

detect a moving vehicle in your

lane, and then your vehicle could

accelerate to the set speed. Also,

the vehicle speed will rapidly slow

down when the vehicle ahead is

recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road condition ahead and driving

condition.

• Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent

lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition. Apply

the accelerator pedal and select

the appropriate set speed. Check

to be sure that the road conditions

permit safe operation of the ASCC.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving, the

ASCC may not detect a moving

vehicle in your lane, and cause

your vehicle to accelerate to the set

speed. Also, the vehicle speed will

rapidly slow down when the vehicle

ahead is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road condition ahead.

OYG056043

OYG056044

Driving your vehicle

645

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor until it

is in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-

diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-

denly. Always pay attention to the

traffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is slower than your vehicle,

your speed may decrease to main-

tain the distance to the vehicle

ahead.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is faster than your vehicle,

your vehicle will accelerate to the

selected speed.

• Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect-

ed, drive with caution.

OYG056045

OYG056047

565

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lane

cannot be recognized by the sensor

as follows:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profile such

as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

trunk

- While making turns by steering

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curves

Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal accord-

ing to the road condition ahead and

driving condition.

• When vehicles are at a standstill

and the vehicle in front of you

changes to the next lane, be care-

ful when your vehicle starts to

move because it may not recog-

nize the stopped vehicle in front of

you.

OYG056046

OYG056048

Driving your vehicle

665

• Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicles

that are taller with higher clear-

ance, or vehicles carrying loads

that stick out of the back of the

vehicle.

WARNING - Safe Use of

ASCC

The ASCC can provide you with

an additional level of safety and

fatigue reduction. However you

must maintain careful observa-

tion of the roadway in front and

around you and maintain control

of your vehicle and spacing

around other vehicles as you

normally would. For example,

this will require you to apply the

brakes as needed when coming

upon a slower moving vehicle, or

when a vehicle from another lane

drives quickly in front of you.

OJF055050 OYG056050

567

Driving your vehicle

- After an engine start, please stop

for several seconds. If system ini-

tialization is not completed, the

ASCC does not normally operate.

- After an engine start, if any objects

are not detected or the sensor

cover is obscured with foreign sub-

stances, there is a possibility that

the ASCC system may not work.

- The following conditions may

cause a malfunction: over-loading

the trunk, suspension modification,

tire replacement with unauthorized

tires or tires with different tread

wear and pressure levels.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the device.

Radio frequency radiation expo-

sure information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth for

an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum distance

of 20 cm between the radiator

(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-

located or operating in conjunction

with any other antenna or transmit-

ter.

WARNING - Inclines &

Towing

Do not use ASCC on steep

inclines or when towing another

vehicle or trailer since such

extreme loading can interfere

with your vehicle's ability to

maintain the selected speed.

Driving your vehicle

685

DRIVE MODE

The driver can personalize the

DRIVE MODE based on vehicle con-

trol preference and driving style.

Below is a list of the message which

will appear on the upper LCD screen.

• COMFORT MODE:

Drive mode for smooth and high ride

quality.

• ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE:

Drive mode optimized for economic

driving.

• SPORT MODE:

Drive mode for aggressive driving

and solid ride quality.

• SMART MODE:

Depending on the driver's driving

style (Economic ↔ Aggressive), drive

mode will automatically change

among ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔

SPORT.

Below is a diagram of mode changes

when pressing the DRIVE MODE

button.

• If you turn off the engine of the

vehicle in any of the COMFORT /

ECO / SMART MODE, and restart

the engine, DRIVE MODE will

memorize and return to the previ-

ous drive mode setting. (With

exception of SPORT MODE. If the

engine is turned off in SPORT

MODE, DRIVE MODE will be reset

to COMFORT MODE).

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

OYG056054

COMFORT

SMART

ECO

SPORT

569

Driving your vehicle

ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE

• ACTIVE ECO system

enhances fuel efficiency

through eco control of

the engine and trans-

mission. The actual fuel

efficiency will depend on

personal driving style

and habits.

• By pressing the DRIVE

MODE button and

selecting ECO MODE,

green ECO indicator

light will illuminate.

ECO MODE Driving:

The vehicle engine and transmission

will operate in fuel economy oriented

mode.

ACTIVE ECO MODE system will

restrain fuel economy worsening

driving habits, such as suddenly

starts and accelerations, compare to

the COMFORT MODE.

Conditions that limit Active

ECO MODE:

Below are a list of conditions in which

when in ACTIVE ECO MODE, the

indicator light will not change, but the

internal system may operate differ-

ently.

• When engine coolant temperature

is low:

When temperature of the transaxle

oil is below the comfort range, the

ACTIVE ECO MODE may become

temporarily unavailable until the

transaxle oil heats up after vehicle

ignition.

• When in an uphill gradient:

Since the ACTIVE ECO MODE

partially limits the engine torque,

ACTIVE ECO MODE may become

temporarily unavailable when more

torque is essential for going uphill.

• When using the manual transmis-

sion operation mode:

If transmission operation is

changed from automatic to manual,

vehicle will reflect it and automati-

cally stop the ACTIVE ECO MODE.

Driving your vehicle

705

SPORT MODE

• When the DRIVE MODE

button is pressed and

the SPORT MODE is

selected, the SPORT

indicator (red) will illumi-

nate on the dashboard.

• When the SPORT MODE

is activated, and the

Engine Start/Stop button

is turned off and on again,

drive mode will reset to

COMFORT MODE.

To turn on SPORT

MODE, press DRIVE

MODE button again.

• If the system is activated:

- After increasing speed

and turning your foot

off the accelerator

pedal, it maintains the

current gear and RPM

for some time even

though the accelerator

pedal is not depressed.

- Up-shift during accel-

eration is delayed.

✽✽

NOTICE

In SPORT DRIVE MODE, the fuel

efficiency may decrease.

SMART MODE

• SMART MODE is an intel-

ligent driving mode which

automatically selects the

most appropriate drive

mode (Economic ↔

Aggressive) by measuring

usage of steering wheel,

and accelerator pedal.

• When DRIVE MODE but-

ton is pressed and the

SMART MODE is select-

ed, SMART indicator will

illuminate on the dash-

board.

• The color of the SMART

MODE indicator light will

depend on the driving

style. If the driving style is

economic, average, and

speedy, the indicator light

will be green, white, and

red in respective order.

• When the SMART MODE

is activated, and the

Engine Start/Stop button

is turned off and on again,

your car will still maintain

the SMART MODE.

571

Driving your vehicle

• Below is a summary of the

automatic drive mode con-

trol depending on the

usage of the steering

wheel, engine and

transaxle system.

Driving style

SMART

DRIVE MODE

Gear Shift

Pattern

Engine Torque Ride Quality

Economic

SMART

ECO

Fuel Efficient Fuel Efficient

Smooth

Average

SMART

COMFORT

Average Average

Aggressive

SMART

SPORT

Acceleration

Highly

Responsive

Hard

✽✽

NOTICE

• SMART MODE an intelligent driving mode and when the driving style is

economic and fuel efficient, the SMART ECO MODE will be automati-

cally selected. The engine and transaxle system will become more fuel effi-

cient, but the actual fuel economy will depend on various driving factors

(on uphill/ downhill, heavy revving or braking).

• If you make sudden accelerations or turns in SMART MODE, the intelli-

gent mode will select SMART SPORT MODE. This may decrease fuel effi-

ciency.

Driving your vehicle

725

DRIVE MODE Indicator Screen

The DRIVE MODE indicator screen

can be displayed by using the trip com-

puter button on the steering wheel.

DRIVE MODE indicator screen dis-

plays status of current drive mode.

• DRIVE MODE button is located on

the lower part of the transmission

lever for selecting drive mode.

If drive mode is selected manually

by the user, the drive mode indica-

tor screen will show user-selected

drive mode. (COMFORT, ECO, or

SPORT)

If SMART MODE is selected by

DRIVE MODE button, the drive

mode indicator screen will show

current drive mode automatically

selected by SMART MODE sys-

tem. (SMART COMFORT, SMART

ECO, or SMART SPORT)

• When the trip computer mode is

selected to show DRIVE MODE

and the SMART MODE is in oper-

ation, an automatically selected

driving mode SMART ECO,

SMART COMFORT, or SMART

SPORT, will be selected on the

cluster's center.

And right below is the horizontal

driving style gauge which reflects

the driving style in real time.

• If you drive carefully and slowly in

SMART MODE, the left side of the

driving style gauge will illuminate,

and be automatically shifted to the

SMART ECO MODE.

When the driver accelerates more

frequently, the right side of the driv-

ing style gauge will fill up, and shift

to SMART COMFORT MODE.

In addition, if the rate of accelera-

tion and speed is high, drive mode

will change to SMART SPORT

MODE.

• If the auto cruise control function is

operated or the transmission is

shifted to manual mode while

SMART MODE is on, the SMART

MODE will stop temporarily, and

the DRIVE MODE will be displayed

as OFF. The driving style gauge

light will be turned off accordingly.

• If the trip computer is not set to

show DRIVE MODE indicator

screen, and you want to know the

on/off status of the SMART MODE,

simply check whether the letters

'SMART' is lighten up on the

screen or not (green - ECO MODE,

white - COMFORT MODE, red -

SPORT MODE).

573

Driving your vehicle

Driving Style Gauge

Once the SMART MODE is selected

by pressing the DRIVE MODE but-

ton, and the DRIVE MODE indicator

screen is selected by pressing the

trip computer button on the steering

wheel, the driving style gauge bar

will show up at the bottom of screen

and visualize current style of driving.

• Left poles of the driving style gauge

indicates degree of economic and

gentle driving in green color. The

more economic and gentle you

drive, the more left poles will light up

in green.

Likewise, the right pole of the driving

style gauge indicates degree of

aggressive and sporty driving in red

color. The faster and more aggres-

sive you drive, the more far right

poles will light up in red.

• When driving style gauge fills up

toward left side (or Economic side)

and kept for certain time, then your

vehicle will be automatically switch

to SMART ECO MODE.

Likewise, when driving style gauge

fills up toward right side (or

Aggressive side) and kept for certain

time, then your vehicle will be auto-

matically the switch to SMART

SPORT MODE.

• If you wish to maintain the SMART

ECO MODE for better fuel econo-

my, try to maintain economic driv-

ing style and keep the driving style

gauge green.

OYG056149N

Driving your vehicle

745

Attributes of SMART MODE.

• If the accelerator pedal is pressed

gently, your vehicle will recognize it

as a economic driving style. After

some time, the system will automat-

ically shift to SMART ECO MODE.

• If you press the accelerator pedal

frequently and heavily in SMART

ECO MODE, the system will auto-

matically shift to SMART COM-

FORT MODE.

• Even when driving style has not

changed from SMART ECO

MODE, if your vehicle is driven

uphill considerably, the system will

detect the gradient. Then, the

SMART system will automatically

change the setting to the SMART

COMFORT MODE temporarily.

Once your vehicle is out of the hilly

ground, your vehicle will automati-

cally return to the SMART ECO

MODE.

• The SMART system will recognize

sudden and repetitive acceleration or

steering as aggressive driving and

automatically turn to the SMART

SPORT MODE.Your vehicle will run

at a lower gear in SMART SPORT

MODE compared to those in

SMART COMFORT MODE.

The vehicle's start and stop

response rate will become faster.

• When the SMART SPORT MODE

is activated, and you take your feet

off the accelerator pedal, the vehi-

cle will remain in low gear and you

may sense engine brake. This is

due to necessary preparatory time

for the next acceleration and is

only comfort.

• The SMART SPORT MODE is acti-

vated only when very aggressive

and high speed is detected.

Therefore, in average driving

styles, the SMART system will

select either SMART ECO or

SMART COMFORT MODE.

• The artificial intelligence algorithm

will instantly calculate each driver's

style of driving. So if the driver is

changed to a different person, the

algorithm will measure accordingly.

575

Driving your vehicle

Conditions which Limit SMART

MODE

In following conditions your vehicle will

temporarily stop the SMART Mode

and the indicator light will turn off.

• When using the manual transmis-

sion operation mode: If the

transaxle system is changed from

automatic to manual, your vehicle

will automatically stop the SMART

MODE.

If transmission operation is

changed from automatic to manu-

al, vehicle will reflect it and auto-

matically stop the SMART MODE.

• When the Cruise Control system is

turned on:

When the driver sets a target

cruise control speed, your vehicle

will automatically stop the SMART

MODE. (The SMART MODE will

stop not immediately after you

press the cruise control button, but

when the cruise control system

takes control of the vehicle speed.)

• If the temperature of the transaxle

oil is very high or low:

The SMART MODE control system

will operate in nearly all driving

conditions. But when the tempera-

ture of the transaxle oil is out of the

comfort range, the SMART MODE

system may become temporarily

unavailable.

Driving your vehicle

765

The Blind Spot Detection System

(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert

the driver.

It senses toward the rear sides of the

vehicle and provides and early warn-

ing to the driver.

(1)BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

The warning range depends on

your vehicle speed. However, if

your vehicle is about 6 mph (10

km/h) faster than the other vehi-

cle, the system will not warn you.

(2)LCA (Lane Change Assist)

When a vehicle approaches you

at high speed, the system will

warn you.

(3)RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

When your vehicle moves rear-

ward, and the sensor detects an

approaching vehicle in the left or

right side, the system will warn

you.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - BSD

Limitations

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) is a supplemen-

tal system. Do not solely rely

on the system and always pay

attention to drive safely.

• The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle and

is not a substitute for proper and

safe lane changing procedures.

Always drive safely and use

caution when changing lanes.

OYG056141L

577

Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist)

Operating conditions

The indicator on the switch will illumi-

nate when the Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) switch is pressed with

the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.

If vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph

(30 km/h), the system will activate.

If you press the switch again, the

switch indicator and system will be

turned off.

If the vehicle is turned off, the system

will remember the last settings upon

restart.

When the system is not used turn the

system off by turning off the switch.

When the system is turned on the

warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-

onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning type

The system will activate when:

1.The system is on.

2.Vehicle speed is above 20 mph

(30 km/h).

3. Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side.

WARNING

The Blind Spot Detection

System with Lane Change

Assist and Rear Cross Traffic

Alert is not a substitute for

proper and safe lane changing

procedures. Always drive safely

and use caution when changing

lanes. The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

OYG056057N

Driving your vehicle

785

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the outside

rearview mirror.

If the detected vehicle is not in

detecting range, the warning will turn

off.

The second stage alarm will activate

when:

1.The first stage alert is on

2.The turn signal is on to change a

lane

When the second stage alert is acti-

vated, a warning light will blink on the

outside rearview mirror and an alarm

will sound.

If you move the turn signal switch to

the original position, the second

stage alert will be deactivated.

- The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.

• To activate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and select "BSD" on the

LCD display.

• To deactivate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and deselect "BSD" on the

LCD display.

✽✽

NOTICE

The alarm function helps alert the

driver. Deactivate this function only

when it is necessary

OUM054029

2nd stage

OUM054028

1st stage

579

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the system to work properly.

Warning message

“Blind Spot Detection disabled. Radar

blocked”

The message will appear to notify

the driver with one of followings.The

light on the switch and the system

will turn off automatically.

- There are foreign substances on the

surface or inside the rear bumper or

it is hot near the rear bumper.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When driving wide area like desert

around few vehicles.

- When driving in the bad weather

such as heavy rain or snow

When you install a trailer or carrier,

turn off BSD system. When you use

the BSD system, remove a trailer or

carrier.

Remove the foreign substance on

the rear bumper.

After the foreign substance is

removed, if you drive for approxi-

mately 10 minutes, the system will

work normally.

If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign substance is

removed, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked.

OYG056058

Driving your vehicle

805

“Check BSD System”

If the system does not work properly,

a warning message will appear and

the light on the switch will turn off.The

system will turn off automatically.

Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

When your vehicle moves backwards

from a parking position, the sensor

detects approaching vehicles to the

left or right side direction and gives

information to the driver.

Operating conditions

• Select RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) in "User Settings" under

"Driving Assist" on the instrument

cluster.The system will turn on and

standby to activate.

• Select RCTA again, to turn the sys-

tem off.

• If the vehicle is turned off, the

RCTA system will remember the

last settings upon restart. Always

turn the RCTA system off when not

in use.

• The system operates when the

vehicle speed is below 5 mph

(8km/h) with the shift lever in R

(Reverse).

• The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) detecting range is 1.6 feet ~

65 feet based on the side direction.

If the approaching vehicle speed is

2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36

km/h) within sensing range, it is

detected. However, the system

sensing range can vary based on

conditions. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

OYG056140

581

Driving your vehicle

Warning type

• If the vehicle detected by sensors

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

ing chime will sound and the warn-

ing light will blink on the outside

rearview mirror.

• If the detected object is not in your

way, move the vehicle away from

the detected object slowly; and the

warning will cancel once the object

has been safely cleared.

• The system may not operate prop-

erly due to other factors or circum-

stances. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

❈ If your vehicle's left or right side

bumper is blinded by a barrier or

vehicles, the system sensing abili-

ty may be deteriorated.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The system may not work proper-

ly if the bumper has been replaced

or if repair work has been done

near the sensor.

• The detection area differs accord-

ing to the road's width. If the road

is narrow the system may detect

other vehicles in the next lane.

• If the road is very wide the system

may not detect other vehicles.

• The system may turn off due to

strong electromagnetic interfer-

ence.

OYG056144L

WARNING

The Blind Spot Detection

System with Lane Change

Assist and Rear Cross Traffic

Alert is not a substitute for

proper and safe lane changing

procedures. Always drive safely

and use caution when changing

lanes. The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

825

Limitations condition

Driver's Attention

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations for the system may

not assist the driver and may not

work properly.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.

- The surrounding of the sensor cover

is dirty with rain, snow, mud, etc.

- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or obstructed with foreign

matter such as a sticker, bumper

guard, bicycle racks, etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged or the

sensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle has signif-

icantly changed such as when the

trunk is loaded with heavy objects,

abnormal tire pressure etc.

- Due to bad weather such as heavy

rain or snow.

- A fixed object is near such as a

guardrail, etc.

- A substantial amount of metallic

objects such as a construction

area.

- A large vehicle is nearby such as a

bus or truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

- A flat trailer is near.

- If two vehicles near each other

accelerate together.

- When another vehicle passes by at

a high rate of speed.

- When changing lanes.

- When going down or up a steep,

uneven road.

- When another vehicle drives very

close the back bumper/trunk.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When the temperature of the rear

bumper is very high or low.

- When bike racks, etc. cover the

sensor.

- When reversing from a parking

space with pillars or metal struc-

tures.

- When you are reversing and if the

detected vehicle is simultaneously

reversing.

- If there are small objects like shop-

ping carts and baby carriages.

- If there is a vehicle with decreased

ride height (lowered).

- When the vehicle is close to anoth-

er vehicle.

- When driving through a narrow

road with many plants.

- When driving on wet surface.

583

Driving your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror may not

alert the driver when:

- The outside rearview mirror hous-

ing is very dirty.

- The window is very dirty.

- The windows are tinted very dark.

- When driving through a narrow

road with many trees or bushes.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

Driving your vehicle

845

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System detects the front area

through the camera installed on the

upper front windshield and detects

the side/rear areas through radar

sensors.

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System may activate the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) in accor-

dance with a colliding possibility with

an approaching vehicle while chang-

ing lanes. It is to lower the colliding

risk or mitigate the colliding damage.

Operating conditions

The system enters the ready status,

when the following conditions are

satisfied with the smart blind system

in the ON position:

- Vehicle speed is between 40 mph

and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180

km/h).

- The system detects both of the

lane lines.

- An approaching vehicle is detected

next to/behind your vehicle.

Activation (with braking perform-

ance)

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System may apply braking power,

when an approaching vehicle is

detected within a certain distance

next to/behind your vehicle.

SMART BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OYG056060

OYG056059

585

Driving your vehicle

It gently applies braking power on the

tire, which is located in the opposite

side of the possibly-colliding point.

The instrument cluster will inform the

driver of the system activation.

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System is automatically deactivated,

when the vehicle drives a certain dis-

tance away, when the vehicle direc-

tion is changed against the possible-

colliding point, when the steering

wheel is abruptly moved, or when the

brake pedal is depressed.

When the turn signals operate, the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System

operates only once. However, when

the turn signals are turned off, the sys-

tem re-enters the activation conditions.

The driver should drive the vehicle in

the middle of the vehicle lanes to

keep the system in the ready status.

When the vehicle drives too close to

one side of the vehicle lanes, the

system may not properly operate.

In addition, the system may not prop-

erly control your vehicle in accordance

with driving situations. Thus, always

pay close attention to road situations.

Warning message

When there is a malfunction with the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System,

warning message ("Smart BSD brak-

ing system malfunction") appears on

LCD display and deactivates the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System.

In this case, we recommend you to

have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Limitations of the system

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles or

objects in certain circumstances.

• The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign

object such as a bumper sticker, a

bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

• The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in a

trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

• The vehicle drives in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or snow.

• There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail.

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus

or truck.

Driving your vehicle

865

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

• A flat trailer is near.

• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

• When the other vehicle passes at a

very fast speed.

• While changing lanes.

• While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is

different.

• When the other vehicle approach-

es very close.

• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

• When the temperature of the rear

bumper is high.

• When the sensors are blocked by

other vehicles, walls or parking-lot

pillars.

• When the detected vehicle also

moves back, as your vehicle drives

back.

• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping

cart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle such

as a sports car.

• When other vehicles are close to

your vehicle.

• The lanes ahead are not visible

due to rain, snow, water on the

road, damaged or stained road

surface, or other factors.

• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or

exiting a tunnel.

• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are

not on at night or the vehicle is

going through a tunnel.

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or

the lane marking is faded or not

clearly marked.

• Driving on a steep grade, over a

hill, or when driving on a curved

road.

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road.

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare.

• The lanes are incomplete or the

area is in a construction zone.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road in front of you.

• The lane markings are not clearly

visible from the road.

• The lane width is too wide or too

narrow.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

ed.

• There are markings on the road

surface that look like a lane line

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• There is a boundary structure in

the roadway such as a concrete

barrier that is inadvertently being

detected by the camera.

• There is not enough distance

between you and the vehicle in

front to be able to detect the lane

line or the vehicle ahead is driving

on the lane line.

587

Driving your vehicle

• The road pavement (or the periph-

eral ground) abnormally contains

metallic components (i.e. possibly

due to subway construction).

• The brake pedal is depressed.

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

is activated.

• The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged.

• The brake is reworked.

• The vehicle is driven near a

guardrail or near the boundary line

of a road.

• The windshield or the camera lens

is blocked with dirt or debris.

• The vehicle drives on a small-

radius curve.

• The vehicle drives in the opposite

direction from the designated lane

direction.

• The lane sensing operation is inter-

rupted by another vehicle in front.

• The vehicle drives under 40 mph

or over 115 mph.

• The vehicle abruptly changes driv-

ing direction.

• The vehicle abruptly enters the

next lane.

• The vehicle sharply stops.

• Temperature is extremely low

around the vehicle.

• The vehicle severely vibrates while

driving over a bumpy road, uneven/

bumpy road, or concrete patch.

• The vehicle drives on a slippery

surface due to snow, water puddle,

or ice.

• The driver is responsible for accu-

rate steering.

• Do not unnecessarily operate the

steering wheel, when the Smart

Blind Spot Detection System is in

operation.

• Always pay extreme caution while

driving. The Smart Blind Spot

Detection System may not operate

or unnecessarily operate in accor-

dance with your driving situations.

WARNING

Smart Blind Spot Detection

System Limitations

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occurring.

Pay attention to the road condi-

tions at all times.

Driving your vehicle

885

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

This system detects the lane with a

sensor at the front windshield and

notifies you if it detects that your

vehicle leaves the lane.

• The LDWS does not make the

vehicle change lanes. It is the dri-

ver's responsibility to always check

the road conditions.

• If the sensor cannot detect the lane

or if the vehicle speed does not

exceed 40 mph (64 km/h), the

LDWS will not be able to notify you

if the vehicle leaves the lane.

• If your vehicle has window tint or

other types of coating on the front

windshield, the LDWS may not

work properly.

• Prevent damage to the LDWS sen-

sor from water or any liquid.

• Do not remove the LDWS parts

and avoid damaging the sensor by

avoiding a strong impacts.

• Do not put objects that reflect light

on the dash board.

• The operation of the LDWS can be

affected by several factors (includ-

ing environmental conditions). It is

the responsibility of the driver to

pay attention to the roadway and to

maintain the vehicle in it's lane at

all times.

WARNING - LDWS Alert

The LDWS is only intended to

provide you with information

regarding your vehicle's posi-

tion on the roadway. Upon

receiving an LDWS alert, you

must take the necessary steps

to maintain control of your vehi-

cle.The LDWS does not provide

any steering inputs into the

vehicle for you. It can be dan-

gerous to make a large sudden

steering input in response to an

alert, since that could result in

loss of control.

OYG056052

OUM054149

OYG056053

589

Driving your vehicle

• If the sensor on the front wind-

shield is removed and reinstalled

again due to front windshield tint or

other types of coating on it, you are

strongly recommend to take your

vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer

and have the system calibrated.

To operate the LDWS, press the but-

ton with the engine start/stop button in

the ON position. The indicator illumi-

nates white on the cluster. To cancel

the LDWS, press LDWS button again.

The indicator on the cluster will go

off.

If the system detects that your vehi-

cle is leaving the lane when the

LDWS is operating and vehicle

speed exceeds 40 mph (64 km/h),

the warning operates as follows:

1.Visual warning

If you leave a lane, the lane you

cross will blink (yellow) and LDWS

indicator will blink green on LCD dur-

ing max 3 seconds.

OYG056112N

OYG056113N

OYG056114N

■ Left lane departure warning

■ Right lane departure warning

Driving your vehicle

905

2. Auditory warning

If you leave the lane, the warning

sound operates for maximum 3 sec-

onds.

The color of symbol will change

depend on the condition of LDWS

system.

- White color : When you activate the

lane departure warn-

ing system by press-

ing the LDWS button,

system operating con-

ditions are not satis-

fied or the sensor does

not detect the lane line

- Green color : When you activate the

lane departure warn-

ing system by press-

ing the LDWS button,

system operating con-

ditions are satisfied

and the sensor detect

the lane line

- Yellow color : when there is a mal-

function with the lane

departure warning

system.

Warning indicator

When the LDWS is not working prop-

erly, the warning light will illuminate

and the warning message will come

on for a few second. After the mes-

sage disappears, the master warning

light will illuminate.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer and have the system

checked.

Conditions that cause the

LDWS not to operate:

• The driver turns on the turn signal

or the hazard warning flasher to

change lanes.

• Driving on the lane line.

✽✽

NOTICE

To change lanes, operate the turn

signal switch then change the lane.

WARNING - LDWS

Limitations

The Lane Departure Warning

System is a supplemental sys-

tem. Do not solely rely on the

system but always pay attention

and drive safely.

OYG056115N

591

Driving your vehicle

Conditions that cause missed

warnings and false warnings:

• The lane is not visible due to snow,

rain, debris, puddles or other envi-

ronmental conditions.

• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when

entering/exiting a tunnel.

• The headlights are off at night or in

a tunnel.

• The color of the lane marking from

the road is difficult to distinguish.

• Driving on a steep grade or a

curve.

• Light such as street lights, sunlight

or oncoming vehicle lights reflect

off of water on the road.

• The lens or windshield is obscured

by debris.

• The sensor cannot detect the lane

because of fog, heavy rain or

heavy snow.

• The rear view mirror housing has

overheated from exposure to direct

sunlight.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.

• The lane line is damaged or indis-

tinct.

• The windshield is fogged up by

humidity.

• Objects in the median or along the

side of the road cast shadows over

the lane markings

• The sensor cannot distinguish the

lane from the road due to the

dust/dirt.

• There are other markings similar to

lane lines.

• There are lane boundaries instead

of markings.

• The vehicle ahead is very close,

obscuring the view of the lane

markings, or the vehicle ahead is

driving over the lane markings.

• The vehicle vibrates heavily due to

poor road conditions.

• The lanes are merging, expanding,

or otherwise overlapping

• Something reflective is placed on

the dashboard.

• Driving with the sun in front of you.

• Driving in areas under construc-

tion.

• Lanes are marked by more than

two sets of lines.

• The windshield is fogged by humid

air in the vehicle.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

Driving your vehicle

925

Your vehicle's fuel economy depends

mainly on your style of driving, where

you drive and when you drive.

Each of these factors affects how

many miles (kilometers) you can get

from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operate

your vehicle as economically as pos-

sible, use the following driving sug-

gestions to help save money in both

fuel and repairs:

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-

rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts

and maintain a steady cruising

speed. Don't race between stop-

lights. Try to adjust your speed to

the traffic so you don't have to

change speeds unnecessarily.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe dis-

tance from other vehicles so you

can avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The

faster you drive, the more fuel your

vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate

speed, especially on the highway,

is one of the most effective ways to

reduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This

can increase fuel consumption and

also increase wear on these com-

ponents. In addition, driving with

your foot resting on the brake pedal

may cause the brakes to overheat,

which reduces their effectiveness

and may lead to more serious con-

sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep them

inflated to the recommended pres-

sure. Incorrect inflation, either too

much or too little, results in unnec-

essary tire wear. Check the tire

pressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are

aligned correctly. Improper align-

ment can result from hitting curbs

or driving too fast over irregular

surfaces. Poor alignment causes

faster tire wear and may also result

in other problems as well as

greater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-

tion. For better fuel economy and

reduced maintenance costs, main-

tain your vehicle in accordance

with the maintenance schedule in

chapter 7. If you drive your vehicle

in severe conditions, more frequent

maintenance is required (see

chapter 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-

mum service, your vehicle should

be kept clean and free of corrosive

materials. It is especially important

that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be

allowed to accumulate on the

underside of the vehicle.This extra

weight can result in increased fuel

consumption and also contribute to

corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-

sary weight in your vehicle.Weight

reduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer

than necessary. If you are waiting

(and not in traffic), turn off your

engine and restart only when

you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

593

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not

require extended warm-up. After

the engine has started, allow the

engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds

prior to placing the vehicle in gear.

In very cold weather, however, give

your engine a slightly longer warm-

up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.

Lugging is driving too slowly in a

very high gear resulting in engine

bucking. If this happens, shift to a

lower gear. Over-revving is racing

the engine beyond its safe limit.

This can be avoided by shifting at

the recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.

The air conditioning system is

operated by engine power so your

fuel economy is reduced when you

use it.

• Open windows at high speeds can

reduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds

and headwinds. To help offset

some of this loss, slow down when

driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating

condition is important both for econ-

omy and safety. Therefore, have an

authorized Kia dealer perform

scheduled inspections and mainte-

nance.

WARNING - Engine off

during motion

Never turn the engine off to

coast down hills or anytime the

vehicle is in motion. The power

steering and power brakes will

not function properly without the

engine running. In addition,turn-

ing off the ignition while driving

could lead to out of working

power driven steering wheel and

hard to control steering wheel.

Keep the engine on and down-

shift to an appropriate gear for

an engine braking effect.

Driving your vehicle

945

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-

ards, follow these suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.

• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal with

a light up-and-down motion until

the vehicle is stopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on a

vehicle equipped with ABS.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use the second gear. Accelerate

slowly to avoid spinning the drive

wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-

slip material under the drive

wheels to provide traction when

stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right and

left to clear the area around your

front wheels. Then, shift back and

forth between R (Reverse) and any

forward gear in vehicles equipped

with an Automatic Transaxle. Do not

race the engine, and spin the wheels

as little as possible. If you are still

stuck after a few tries, have the vehi-

cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to

avoid engine overheating and possi-

ble damage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - Downshifting

Do not downshift with an auto-

matic transaxle while driving on

slippery surfaces. The sudden

change in tire speed could

cause the tires to skid and

result in an accident.

WARNING - Sudden

Vehicle Movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehi-

cle if people or objects are near-

by. The vehicle may suddenly

move forward or backwards as it

becomes unstuck.

595

Driving your vehicle

The ESC system should be turned

OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration.If

you follow these suggestions, tire

wear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night

Because night driving presents more

hazards than driving in the daylight,

here are some important tips to

remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

CAUTION - Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may cause

engine overheating, transaxle

damage or failure, and tire dam-

age.

CAUTION - Spinning tires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-

cially at speeds more than 35

mph (56 km/h). Spinning the

wheels at high speeds when the

vehicle is stationary could

cause a tire to overheat which

could result in tire damage that

may injure bystanders.

OYG056065

Driving your vehicle

965

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lights.

• Keep your headlights clean and

properly aimed. (On vehicles not

equipped with the automatic head-

light aiming feature.) Dirty or

improperly aimed headlights will

make it much more difficult to see

at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lights of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous, especially if you’re not

prepared for the slick pavement.

Here are a few things to consider

when driving in the rain:

• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-

tance needed to stop your vehicle,

so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.Replace

your windshield wiper blades when

they show signs of streaking or

missing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-

tion, making a quick stop on wet

pavement can cause a skid and

possibly lead to an accident. Be

sure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it

easier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gotten

your brakes wet, apply them lightly

while driving until normal braking

operation returns.

597

Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

affected.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times while the vehicle is moving

slowly.

Driving off-road

Drive carefully off-road because your

vehicle may be damaged by rocks or

roots of trees. Become familiar with

the off-road conditions where you

are going to drive before you begin

driving.

Highway driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation pressures to

specification. Low tire inflation pres-

sures will result in overheating and

possible failure of the tires.

Avoid using worn or damaged tires

which may result in reduced traction

or tire failure.

Never exceed the maximum tire

inflation pressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil

High speed travel consumes more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-

get to check both the engine coolant

and engine oil.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

result in overheating of the engine.

WARNING - Under/over

inflated tires

Always check the tires for proper

inflation before driving.

Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,

loss of vehicle control, and sud-

den tire failure leading to acci-

dents, injuries, and even death.

For proper tire pressures,refer to

“Tires and wheels” in chapter 8.

WARNING - Tire tread

Always check the tire tread

before driving your vehicle.

Worn-out tires can result in loss

of vehicle control. Worn-out tires

should be replaced as soon as

possible. For further information

and tread limits, refer to "Tires

and wheels" in chapter 7.

Driving your vehicle

985

Severe weather conditions in the

winter result in greater wear and

other problems. To minimize the

problems of winter driving, you

should follow these suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tires

or to install tire chains on your tires.

If snow tires are needed, it is neces-

sary to select tires equivalent in size

and type of the original equipment

tires. Failure to do so may adversely

affect the safety and handling of your

vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause skids to occur.You

need to keep sufficient distance

between the vehicle in operation in

front of your vehicle. Also, apply the

brake gently. It should be noted that

installing tire chains on the tire will

provide a greater driving force, but

will not prevent side skids.

Tire chains are not legal in all states.

Check state laws before fitting tire

chains.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-

cle, make sure they are radial tires of

the same size and load range as the

original tires. Mount snow tires on all

four wheels to balance your vehicle’s

handling in all weather conditions.

Keep in mind that the traction provid-

ed by snow tires on dry roads may

not be as high as your vehicle's orig-

inal equipment tires.You should drive

cautiously even when the roads are

clear. Check with the tire dealer for

maximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and munic-

ipal regulations for possible restric-

tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire size

Snow tires should be equivalent

in size and type to the vehicle's

standard tires. Otherwise, the

safety and handling of your vehi-

cle may be adversely affected.

599

Driving your vehicle

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are

thinner, they can be damaged by

mounting some types of snow chains

on them. Therefore, the use of snow

tires is recommended instead of

snow chains. Do not mount tire

chains on vehicles equipped with

aluminum wheels; snow chains may

cause damage to the wheels.If snow

chains must be used, use wire-type

chains with a thickness of less than

0.47 in (12 mm). Damage to your

vehicle caused by improper snow

chain use is not covered by your

vehicle manufacturers warranty.

When using tire chains, attach them

to the drive wheels as follows.

FWD : Front wheels

The snow chain connecting hooks

may be damaged from contacting

vehicle components causing the

snow chains to come loose from the

tire. Make sure the snow chains are

SAE class “S” certified.

Always check chain installation for

proper mounting after driving

approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to

1 km) to ensure safe mounting.

Retighten or remount the chains if

they are loose.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the

manufacturer's instructions and

mount them as tightly as you can.

Drive slowly with chains installed. If

you hear the chains contacting the

body or chassis, stop and tighten

them. If they still make contact, slow

down until it stops. Remove the

chains as soon as you begin driving

on cleared roads.

When mounting snow chains, park

the vehicle on level ground away

from traffic. Turn on the vehicle

Hazard Warning flashers and place a

triangular emergency warning device

behind the vehicle if available.

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing snow

chains.

CAUTION - Snow chains

Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for

your tires. Incorrect snow

chains can cause damage to the

vehicle body and suspension

and may not be covered by your

vehicle manufacturer warranty.

OYG056072

Driving your vehicle

1005

• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.

• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s recom-

mended speed limit, whichever is

lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,

holes, sharp turns, and other road

hazards, which may cause the

vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel

braking.

Use high quality ethylene gly-

col coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing.Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in chapter 7. The level of charge in

your battery can be checked by an

authorized Kia dealer or a service

station.

Change to "winter weight" oil

if necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

chapter 8 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignition

system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in chapter 7 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

CAUTION - Snow chains

• Chains that are the wrong size

or improperly installed can

damage your vehicle's brake

lines, suspension, body and

wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten the

chains any time you hear them

hitting the vehicle.

5101

Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container.Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorized Kia dealer and most auto

parts outlets. Do not use engine

coolant or other types of anti-freeze

as these may damage the paint fin-

ish.

Don’t let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position.This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily while

you put the gear shift lever in P

(Park, Automatic Transaxle) and

block the rear wheels so the vehicle

cannot roll.Then release the parking

brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering.When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

vehicle to be sure the movement of

the front wheels and the steering

components are not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the

weather, you should carry appropri-

ate emergency equipment. Some of

the items you may want to carry

include tow straps or chains, flash-

light, emergency flares, sand, shov-

el, jumper cables, window scraper,

gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-

ket, etc.

TRAILER TOWING

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Driving your vehicle

1025

Tire and loading information

label

The label located on the driver's door

sill gives the original tire size, cold

tire pressures recommended for your

vehicle, the number of people that

can be in your vehicle and vehicle

capacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:

904 lbs. (410 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo.If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:

Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight of

all of the occupants, and the weight

of the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OYG066040N

OYG066041N

5103

Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity:

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants.

Steps For Determining Correct

Load Limit -

1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4.The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity. For example, if

the "XXX" amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be

transferred to your vehicle.Consult

this manual to determine how this

reduces the available cargo and

luggage load capacity of your

vehicle.

WARNING - Loose cargo

Do not travel with unsecured

blunt objects in the passenger

compartment of your vehicle

(e.g. suit cases or unsecured

child seats). These items may

strike occupant during a sud-

den stop or crash.

Driving your vehicle

1045

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

805 lbs

161 lbs (73 kg) × 5

(365 kg)

Available Cargo and

44 lbs

Luggage weight (20 kg)

ABC

Example 3

C190F02JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5

(340 kg)

Available Cargo and

99 lbs

Luggage weight (45 kg)

ABC

Example 2

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2

(136 kg)

Available Cargo and

549 lbs

Luggage weight (249 kg)

Example 1

ABC

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight

and seating positions.The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's

capacity weight.

5105

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver's door sill at the center pillar.

This label shows the maximum allow-

able weight of the fully loaded vehi-

cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR

includes the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on your

front and rear axles, you need to go to

a weigh station and weigh your vehi-

cle.Your dealer can help you with this.

Be sure to spread out your load equal-

ly on both sides of the centerline.

The label will help you decide how

much cargo and installed equipment

your vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle

- like suitcases, tools, packages, or

anything else - they are moving as

fast as the vehicle.If you have to stop

or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,

the items will keep going and can

cause an injury if they strike the driv-

er or a passenger.

✽✽

NOTICE

Overloading your vehicle may cause

damage. Repairs would not be cov-

ered by your warranty. Do not over-

load your vehicle.

OJFA055280

WARNING - Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR for

either the front or rear axle and

vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding these ratings can

affect your vehicle’s handling

and braking ability.

WARNING - Over loading

Do not overload your vehicle.

Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in your vehi-

cle's tires and possible tire fail-

ure, increased stopping dis-

tances and poor vehicle han-

dling--all of which may result in

a crash.

Driving your vehicle

1065

This chapter will guide you in the

proper loading of your vehicle and/or

trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle

weight within its design rating capa-

bility, with or without a trailer.

Properly loading your vehicle will

provide maximum return of the vehi-

cle design performance. Before load-

ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself

with the following terms for determin-

ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with

or without a trailer, from the vehicle's

specifications and the compliance

label:

Base curb weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle curb weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the compliance label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen-

gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the certification label

located on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3

• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3

• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4

• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-8

• Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

• This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

• Removable towing hook(if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when

approaching, overtaking, or passing

your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

Depress the flasher switch with the

ignition switch in any position. The

flasher switch is located in the center

facia panel. All turn signal lights will

flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using

the hazard warning flasher while

the vehicle is being towed.

OYG066001

OYG066029

■ Type A

■ Type B

What to do in an emergency

If the engine stalls at a cross-

road or crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N

(Neutral) position and then push the

vehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while

driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing:

1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow

down while driving straight ahead.

Do not apply the brakes immedi-

ately or attempt to pull off the road

as this may cause a loss of con-

trol. When the vehicle has slowed

to such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the

road. Drive off the road as far as

possible and park on firm level

ground. If you are on a divided

highway, do not park in the median

area between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn

on your emergency hazard flash-

ers, set the parking brake and put

the transaxle in P.

3. Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow

the instruction provided later in

this section.

If the engine stalls while driv-

ing

1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.

3.Try to start the engine again. If

your vehicle will not start, contact

an authorized Kia dealer or seek

other qualified assistance.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there was a check engine light and

loss of power or stall and if safe to do

so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart

the vehicle after it stalls. This may

reset the car so it will no longer run

at low power (limp home) condition.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or

turns over slowly

1. Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the

emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light.If the light

dims or goes out when you oper-

ate the starter, the battery is dis-

charged.

4. Check the starter connections to

be sure they are securely tight-

ened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. See instructions for "Jump

starting".

If engine turns over normally

but does not start

1. Check the fuel level.

2.With the Engine Start/Stop Button

in the OFF position, check all con-

nectors at the ignition coils and

spark plugs. Reconnect any that

may be disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine

compartment.

4. If the engine still does not start,

call an authorized Kia dealer or

seek other qualified assistance.

WARNING - Push/

pull start

Do not push or pull the vehicle

to start it. Push or pull starting

may cause the catalytic con-

verter to overload and create a

fire hazard.

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order

and disconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid

harm to yourself or damage to your

vehicle or battery, follow these jump

starting procedures. If in doubt, we

strongly recommend that you have a

competent technician or towing serv-

ice jump start your vehicle.

CAUTION - Push/pull start

to 12 Volt Battery

Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-

tem. You can damage a 12-volt

starting motor, ignition system,

and other electrical parts

beyond repair by use of a 24-

volt power supply (either two

12-volt batteries in series or a

24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery

Never attempt to check the elec-

trolyte level of the battery as

this may cause the battery to

rupture or explode.

WARNING - Frozen

batteries

Do not attempt to jump start the

vehicle if the discharged battery

is frozen or if the electrolyte

level is low as the battery may

rupture or explode.

WARNING - Sulfuric acid

risk

When jump starting your vehi-

cle, be careful not to get acid on

yourself, your clothing or on the

vehicle. Automobile batteries

contain sulfuric acid.This is poi-

sonous and highly corrosive.

WARNING - Battery

Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery

produces hydrogen gas which

will explode if exposed to flame

or sparks.

OYG066004

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure

1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-

nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to

come in contact.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical

loads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one end of a

jumper cable to the positive termi-

nal of the discharged battery (1),

then connect the other end to the

positive terminal of the booster

battery (2).

Proceed to connect one end of the

other jumper cable to the negative

terminal of the booster battery (3),

then the other end to a solid, sta-

tionary, metallic point (for example,

the engine lifting bracket) away

from the battery (4). Do not con-

nect it to or near any part that

moves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the correct

battery terminals or the correct

ground. Do not lean over the bat-

tery when making connections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with

the booster battery and let it run at

2,000 rpm, then start the engine of

the vehicle with the discharged

battery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-

ing is not apparent, you should have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with automatic

transaxle lock system cannot be

push-started.

Follow the directions in this section

for jump-starting.

WARNING - Tow starting

vehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start it.

When the engine starts, the

vehicle can suddenly surge for-

ward and could cause a colli-

sion with the tow vehicle.

WARNING - Battery

cables

Do not connect the jumper cable

from the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the negative

terminal of the discharged bat-

tery. This can cause the dis-

charged battery to overheat and

crack, releasing battery acid.

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you experience a loss

of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine will probably be

too hot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P and set

the parking brake. If the air condi-

tioning is on, turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running out

under the vehicle or steam is com-

ing out from underneath the hood,

stop the engine. Do not open the

hood until the coolant has stopped

running or the steaming has

stopped. If there is no visible loss

of engine coolant and no steam,

leave the engine running and

check to be sure the engine cool-

ing fan is operating.If the fan is not

running, turn the engine off.

4.Check to see if the water pump

drive belt is missing. If it is not

missing, check to see that it is

tight. If the drive belt seems to be

satisfactory, check for coolant leak-

ing from the radiator, hoses or

under the vehicle. (If the air condi-

tioning had been in use, it is nor-

mal for cold water to be draining

from it when you stop).

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-

ken or engine coolant is leaking

out, stop the engine immediately

and call the nearest authorized Kia

dealer for assistance.

6.If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. If coolant has been lost, care-

fully add coolant to the reservoir to

bring the fluid level in the reservoir

up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If overheating happens again,

call an authorized Kia dealer for

assistance.

Serious loss of coolant indicates

there is a leak in the cooling system

and this should be checked as soon

as possible by an authorized Kia

dealer.

WARNING - Under the

hood

While the engine is

running, keep hair,

hands and clothing

away from moving

parts such as the fan

and drive belts to pre-

vent injury.

WARNING - Radiator cap

Do not remove the

radiator cap when the

engine is hot.This may

result in coolant being

blown out of the open-

ing and cause serious

burns.

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale /

TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tire pressure position telltale

(Shown on the LCD display)

Check tire pressure

• You can check the tire pressure in

the information mode on the clus-

ter.

- Refer to “User settings mode” in

chapter 4.

• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-

utes later after driving.

• If tire pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive

to display” message displays. After

driving, check the tire pressure.

• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the user settings mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set-

tings mode” in chapter 4).

✽✽

NOTICE

• The tire pressure may change due

to factors such as parking condi-

tion, driving style, and altitude

above sea level.

• Low tire pressure warning may

sound when a tire’s pressure unit is

equal or higher than nearby tires.

This is a normal occurrence, which

is due to the change in tire pressure

along with tire temperature.

• The tire pressure shown on the

dashboard may differ from the

tire pressure measured by tire

pressure gauge.

OYG066006

OYG066030L

What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehi-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-

ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If

your vehicle has tires of a different

size than the size indicated on the

vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-

sure label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tire pressure

telltale when one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the

proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes the

tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and

may affect the vehicle’s handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire maintenance,

and it is the driver’s responsibility to

maintain correct tire pressure, even if

under-inflation has not reached the

level to trigger illumination of the

TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not

operating properly. The TPMS mal-

function indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When

the system detects a malfunction,

the telltale will flash for approximate-

ly one minute and then remain con-

tinuously illuminated. This sequence

will continue upon subsequent vehi-

cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

tion exists. When the malfunction

indicator is illuminated, the system

may not be able to detect or signal

low tire pressure as intended.TPMS

malfunctions may occur for a variety

of reasons, including the installation

of replacement, alternate tires or

wheels on the vehicle that prevent

the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the

TPMS to continue to function proper-

ly.

What to do in an emergency

106

✽✽

NOTICE

If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure

indicator does not illuminate for 3

seconds when the Engine Start/Stop

button is turned to the ON, or

engine is running, or if they remain

illuminated after coming on for

approximately 3 seconds, take your

vehicle to your nearest authorized

Kia dealer and have the system

checked.

Low tire pressure telltale

When the tire pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated, one or more of your tires is

significantly under-inflated.

If the telltale illuminates, immediately

reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-

nering and anticipate increased stop-

ping distances. You should stop and

check your tires as soon as possible.

Inflate the tires to the proper pres-

sure as indicated on the vehicle’s

placard or tire inflation pressure label

located on the driver’s side center pil-

lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a

service station or if the tire cannot

hold the newly added air, replace the

low pressure tire with the spare tire.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicator

and the Low Tire Pressure telltale

may turn on and illuminate after

restarting and about 20 minutes of

continuous driving before you have

the low pressure tire repaired and

replaced on the vehicle.

In winter or cold weather, the low tire

pressure telltale may be illuminated if

the tire pressure was adjusted to the

recommended tire inflation pressure

in warm weather. It does not mean

your TPMS is malfunctioning

because the decreased temperature

leads to a proportional lowering of

tire pressure.

WBH-11

OYG066038L

■ Low tire pressure position information

611

What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a

warm area to a cold area or from a

cold area to a warm area, or the out-

side temperature is greatly higher or

lower, you should check the tire infla-

tion pressure and adjust the tires to

the recommended tire inflation pres-

sure.

TPMS (Tire Pressure

Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will illu-

minate after it blinks for approximate-

ly one minute when there is a prob-

lem with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System. If the system is

able to correctly detect an underinfla-

tion warning at the same time as sys-

tem failure then it will illuminate both

the TPMS malfunction and low tire

pressure position telltales e.g. if

Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS

malfunction indicator illuminates, but

if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear

Right tire is under-inflated, the low

tire pressure position telltales may

illuminate together with the TPMS

malfunction indicator.

Have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible to determine the cause of

the problem.

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if the vehicle is

moving around electric power sup-

ply cables or radios transmitters

such as at police stations, govern-

ment and public offices, broadcast-

ing stations, military installations,

airports, or transmitting towers,

etc. This can interfere with normal

operation of the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if snow chains

are used or some separate elec-

tronic devices such as notebook

computer, mobile charger, remote

starter or navigation etc., are used

in the vehicle. This can interfere

with normal operation of the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS).

WARNING - Low pressure

damage

Do not drive on low pressure

tires. Significantly low tire pres-

sure can cause the tires to over-

heat and fail making the vehicle

unstable resulting in increased

braking distances and a loss of

vehicle control.

What to do in an emergency

126

Changing a tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will come on. Have

the flat tire repaired by an authorized

Kia dealer as soon as possible or

replace the flat tire with the spare

tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem.You must

use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-

ommended that you always have

your tires serviced by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will remain on until

the low pressure tire is repaired and

placed on the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the TPMS

malfunction indicator may illuminate

after a few minutes because the

TPMS sensor mounted on the spare

wheel is not initiated.

Once the low pressure tire is inflated

again to the recommended pressure

and installed on the vehicle or the

TPMS sensor mounted on the

replaced spare wheel is initiated by

an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS

malfunction indicator and the low tire

pressure telltale will turn off within a

few minutes of driving.

If the indicator has not disappeared

after a few minutes of driving, please

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

If an original mounted tire is replaced

with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor

on the replaced spare wheel should

be initiated and the TPMS sensor on

the original mounted wheel should be

deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on

the original mounted wheel located in

the spare tire carrier still activates,

the tire pressure monitoring system

may not operate properly. Have the

tire with TPMS serviced or replaced

by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Repair

Agents

Never use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by Kia to

repair and/or inflate a low pres-

sure tire. The sealant not

approved by Kia may damage

the tire pressure sensor.

613

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low

tire by simply looking at it. Always

use a good quality tire pressure

gauge to measure the tire's inflation

pressure. Please note that a tire that

is hot (from being driven) will have a

higher pressure measurement than a

tire that is cold (from sitting station-

ary for at least 3 hours and driven

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that

3 hour period).

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Never use tire sealant if your vehicle

is equipped with a Tire Pressure

Monitoring System. The liquid

sealant can damage the tire pres-

sure sensors.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors such as

nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,

immediately take your foot off the

accelerator, apply the brakes grad-

ually and with light force, and slow-

ly move to a safe position off the

road.

✽✽

NOTICE - Protecting TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, or dis-

abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) components may

interfere with the system's ability to

warn the driver of low tire pressure

conditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modifying,

or disabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS) compo-

nents may void the warranty for

that portion of the vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

146

This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

615

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and tools

The jack and wheel lug nut wrench

are stored in the luggage compart-

ment.

Remove the panel indicated in the

illustration.

(1) Jack handle

(2) Jack

(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions

The jack is provided for emergency

tire changing only.

To prevent the jack from “rattling”

while the vehicle is in motion, store it

properly.

Follow jacking instructions to reduce

the possibility of personal injury.

• Always move the vehicle complete-

ly off the road and onto the shoul-

der before trying to change a tire.

The jack should be used on a firm

level ground. If you cannot find a

firm, level place off the road, call a

towing service company for assis-

tance.

• Be sure to use the correct front and

rear jacking positions on the vehi-

cle; never use the bumpers or any

other part of the vehicle for jack

support.

• Do not allow anyone to remain in

the vehicle while it is on the jack.

• Make sure any children present

are in a secure place away from

the road and from the vehicle to be

raised with the jack.

WARNING - Changing

tires

Never attempt vehicle repairs in

the traffic lanes of a public road

or highway.

OYG066009

WARNING - Tire Jack

Do not place any portion of your

body under a vehicle that is

only supported by a jack since

the vehicle can easily roll off the

jack. Use vehicle support

stands.

What to do in an emergency

166

Removing and storing the

spare tire

Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise.

Store the tire in the reverse order of

removal.

To prevent the spare tire and tools

from “rattling” while the vehicle is in

motion, store them properly.

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-

down wing bolt by hand, you can

loosen it easily using the jack handle.

1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of

the tire hold-down wing bolt.

2.Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise with the jack

handle.

Use caution when utilizing the sharp

jack handle.

WARNING - Running vehi-

cle on jack

Do not start or run the engine of

the vehicle while the vehicle is

on the jack as this may cause

the vehicle to fall off the jack.

OYG066011

OJFC065035

617

What to do in an emergency

Changing tires

1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park).

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-

ers.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

jack and spare tire from the vehi-

cle.

5. Block both the front and rear of the

wheel that is diagonally opposite

from the jack position.

1JBA6504

OED066033

WARNING - Jack location

To reduce the possibility of

injury, be sure to use only the

jack provided with the vehicle in

the correct jack position; never

use any other part of the vehicle

for jack support.

WARNING - Changing a

tire

• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, always

set the parking brake fully,

and always block the wheel

diagonally opposite the wheel

being changed.

• We recommend that the

wheels of the vehicle be

blocked, and that no person

remain in a vehicle that is

being jacked.

What to do in an emergency

186

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-

terclockwise one turn each, but do

not remove any nut until the tire

has been raised off the ground.

7. Place the jack at the front (1) or

rear (2) jacking position closest to

the tire you are changing. Place

the jack at the designated loca-

tions under the frame.The jacking

positions are plates welded to the

frame with two tabs and a raised

dot to line up with the jack.

8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench

into the jack and turn it clockwise,

raising the vehicle until the tire just

clears the ground. This measure-

ment is approximately 1 in. (30

mm).

Before removing the wheel lug

nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-

ble and that there is no chance for

movement or slippage.

OYG066016OYG066013

OYG066014

OYG066015

619

What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the wheel nuts and

remove them with your fingers.

Slide the wheel off the studs and

lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To

put the wheel on the hub, pick up

the spare tire, line up the holes

with the studs and slide the wheel

onto them. If this is difficult, tip the

wheel slightly and get the top hole

in the wheel lined up with the top

stud. Jiggle the wheel back and

forth until the wheel can slide over

the other studs.

Wheels may have sharp edges.

Handle them carefully to avoid possi-

ble severe injury. Before putting the

wheel into place, be sure that there

is nothing on the hub or wheel (such

as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre-

vents the wheel from fitting solidly

against the hub.

10.To install the wheel, hold it on the

studs, put the wheel nuts on the

studs and tighten them finger

tight.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is

completely seated, then tighten

the nuts as much as possible

with your fingers again.

11. Insert the wrench into the jack

and lower the vehicle to the

ground by turning the wheel nut

wrench counterclockwise.

WARNING - Installing a

wheel

Make sure the wheel makes

good contact with the hub when

installed. If the contact of the

mounting surface between the

wheel and hub is not good, the

wheel nuts could come loose

and cause the loss of a wheel.

Loss of a wheel may result in

loss of control of the vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

206

Position the wrench as shown in the

drawing and tighten the wheel nuts.

Be sure the socket is seated com-

pletely over the nut. Do not stand on

the wrench handle or use an exten-

sion pipe over the wrench handle.Go

around the wheel, tightening every

nut following the numerical sequence

shown in the image until they are all

tight. Double-check each nut for

tightness. After changing wheels,

have an authorized Kia dealer tight-

en the wheel nuts to their proper

torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)

If you have a tire gauge, remove the

valve cap and check the air pressure.

If the pressure is lower than recom-

mended, drive slowly to the nearest

service station and inflate to the cor-

rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust

it until it is correct. Always reinstall

the valve cap after checking or

adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap

is not replaced, dust and dirt may get

into the tire valve and air may leak

from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,

buy another and install it as soon as

possible.

After you have changed the wheels,

always secure the flat tire in its place

and return the jack and tools to their

proper storage locations.

Note that most lug nuts do not have

metric threads. Be sure to use

extreme care in checking for thread

style before installing aftermarket lug

nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an

authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Reusing lug

nuts

Make certain during wheel

removal that the same nuts that

were removed are reinstalled -

or, if replaced, that nuts with

metric threads and the same

chamfer configuration are used.

Your vehicle has metric threads

on the wheel studs and nuts.

Installation of a non-metric

thread nut on a metric stud will

not secure the wheel to the hub

properly and will damage the

stud so that it must be replaced.

OYG066017

621

What to do in an emergency

To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut

wrench and spare tire from rattling

while the vehicle is in motion, store

them properly.

Check the inflation pressures as

soon as possible after installing the

spare tire. Adjust it to the specified

pressure, if necessary. Refer to

“Tires and wheels” in section 7.

Important - use of compact spare

tire

Your vehicle is equipped with a com-

pact spare tire. This compact spare

tire takes up less space than a regu-

lar-size tire.This tire is smaller than a

conventional tire and is designed for

temporary use only.

• You should drive carefully when

the compact spare is in use. The

compact spare should be replaced

by the proper conventional tire and

rim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicle is not

recommended with more than one

compact spare tire in use at the

same time.

The compact spare should be inflat-

ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽

NOTICE

Check the inflation pressure after

installing the spare tire. Adjust it to

the specified pressure, as necessary.

WARNING - Spare tire

The compact spare tire is for

emergency use only. Do not

operate your vehicle on this

compact spare at speeds over

50 mph (80 km/h). The original

tire should be repaired or

replaced as soon as possible to

avoid failure of the spare possi-

bly leading to personal injury or

death.

WARNING - Wheel studs

If the studs are damaged, they

may lose their ability to retain

the wheel.This could lead to the

loss of the wheel and a collision

resulting in serious injuries.

What to do in an emergency

226

When using a compact spare tire,

observe the following precautions:

• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a

higher speed could damage the

tire.

• Ensure that you drive slowly

enough for the road conditions to

avoid all hazards.Any road hazard,

such as a pothole or debris, could

seriously damage the compact

spare.

• Any continuous road use of this tire

could result in tire failure, loss of

vehicle control, and possible per-

sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-

mum load rating or the load-carry-

ing capacity shown on the sidewall

of the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. The

compact spare tire diameter is

smaller than the diameter of a con-

ventional tire and reduces the

ground clearance approximately 1

inch (25 mm), which could result in

damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through an

automatic vehicle wash while the

compact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-

pact spare tire. Because of the

smaller size, a tire chain will not fit

properly. This could damage the

vehicle and result in loss of the

chain.

• Do not use the compact spare tire

on any other vehicle because this

tire has been designed especially

for your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life

is shorter than a regular tire.

Inspect your compact spare tire

regularly and replace worn com-

pact spare tires with the same size

and design, mounted on the same

wheel.

• The compact spare tire should not

be used on any other wheels, nor

should standard tires, snow tires,

wheel covers or trim rings be used

with the compact spare wheel. If

such use is attempted, damage to

these items or other vehicle com-

ponents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compact

spare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-

pact spare tire is installed.

623

What to do in an emergency

Jack label

1. Model Name

2. Maximum allowable load

3.When using the jack, set your

parking brake.

4.When using the jack, stop the

engine.

5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.

6.The designated locations under

the frame

7.When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be vertical

under the lifting point.

8. Move the shift lever to the P posi-

tion on vehicles with automatic

transmission.

9.The jack should be used on firm

level ground.

10. Jack manufacturer

11. Production date

12. Representative company and

address

OHYK064001

OHYK064005

OHYK064002

• Type A

■ Example

• Type B

• Type C

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For

more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

What to do in an emergency

246

TOWING

Towing service

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorized Kia dealer or a commer-

cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting

and towing procedures are neces-

sary to prevent damage to the vehi-

cle. The use of wheel dollies or

flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle

with the rear wheels on the ground

(without dollies) and the front wheels

off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or sus-

pension components are damaged

or the vehicle is being towed with the

front wheels on the ground, use a

towing dolly under the front wheels.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

used, the front of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the rear.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the EPB does not release normal-

ly, take your vehicle to an author-

ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi-

cle on a flatbed tow truck and have

the system checked.

WARNING - Side and

curtain Air bag

If your vehicle is equipped with

side and curtain air bag, set the

the Engine Start/Stop button to

ACC position when the vehicle

is being towed.

The side and curtain air bag

may deploy when the ignition is

ON, and the rollover sensor

detects the situation as a

rollover.

OYG066032

dolly

625

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :

1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button

to ACC position.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook

(if equipped)

1. Open the trunk, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the upper part of the cover on the

bumper.

CAUTION - Towing gear

position

Failure to place the transaxle

shift lever in N (Neutral) may

cause internal damage to the

transaxle.

CAUTION - Towing

• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels on

the ground as this may cause

damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

HXD02

HXD03

OYG066025

What to do in an emergency

266

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4.Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-

mend you to have it done by an

authorized Kia dealer or a com-

mercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook under the front (or rear) of

the vehicle. Use extreme caution

when towing the vehicle. A driver

must be in the vehicle to steer it and

operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speed.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other

conditions from which the vehicle

cannot be driven out under its own

power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than

the vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

OYG066026

OYG066027

■ Front

■ Rear

627

What to do in an emergency

• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.

• Use only a cable or chain specifical-

ly intended for use in towing vehi-

cles. Securely fasten the cable or

chain to the towing hook provided.

• Before emergency towing, check if

the hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it

steadily and with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do not

pull from the side or at a vertical

angle. Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16

feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or

red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)

wide) in the middle of the strap for

easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing

strap is not loosened during tow-

ing.

CAUTION

Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for

towing may damage the body of

your vehicle.

WARNING - Emergency

Towing Precautions

Use extreme caution when tow-

ing the vehicle.

• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which

would place excessive stress

on the emergency towing hook

and towing cable or chain.The

hook and towing cable or

chain may break and cause

serious injury or damage.

• If the disabled vehicle is

unable to be moved, do not

forcibly continue the towing.

We recommend that you con-

tact an authorized Kia dealer

or a commercial tow truck

service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight

ahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle

during towing.

OYG066034

What to do in an emergency

286

Emergency towing precautions

• Turn the Engine Start/Stop button

to ACC position so the steering

wheel isn’t locked.

• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

• Release the parking bake.

• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,

the brakes may overheat and brake

performance will be reduced. Stop

often and let the brakes cool off.

• If the car is being towed with all

four wheels on the ground, it can

be towed only from the front. Be

sure that the transaxle is in neutral.

Be sure the steering is unlocked by

placing the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to ACC position. A driver must

be in the towed vehicle to operate

the steering and brakes.

CAUTION - Automatic

transaxle

• To avoid serious damage to

the automatic transaxle, limit

the vehicle speed to 10 mph

(15 km/h) and drive less than 1

mile (1.5 km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-

matic transaxle for fluid leaks

under your vehicle. If the auto-

matic transaxle fluid is leak-

ing, flatbed equipment or a

towing dolly must be used.

Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-20

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

• Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-43

• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

• Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

• Tire maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58

• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-61

• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

• Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76

• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

• Headlamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-78

• Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-78

• Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-79

• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-80

• Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-81

• Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-81

• Side repeater lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

• Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-82

• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-83

• Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

• License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

• Map lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

• Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

• Personal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

• Glove box lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

• Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-88

Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

• 1. Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

• 2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-97

• 3. Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98

California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OYG076002

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Engine oil dipstick

9. Radiator cap

10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

Should you have any doubts con-

cerning the inspection or servicing of

your vehicle, we strongly recom-

mend that you have an authorized

Kia dealer perform this work.

An authorized Kia dealer has factory-

trained technicians and genuine Kia

parts to service your vehicle proper-

ly.For expert advice and quality serv-

ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽

NOTICE

Maintenance Service and Record

Retention are the owner's responsi-

bility.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this infor-

mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenance

requirements of your vehicle war-

ranties.

Detailed warranty information is

provided in your Warranty &

Consumer Information manual.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered.

We recommend you have your vehi-

cle maintained and repaired by an

authorized Kia dealer. An authorized

Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service

quality standards and receives tech-

nical support from Kia in order to pro-

vide you with a high level of service

satisfaction.

✽✽

NOTICE - NHTSA Safety

Corrosion Alert

The National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) has

issued a general warning to all vehi-

cle owners of all brands regarding

the risks associated with vehicle

underbody corrosion. From your

initial purchase, take the following

steps to prevent unsafe corrosion

damage to your vehicle:

(Continued)

Maintenance

(Continued)

• Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the win-

ter and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

• Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

• Use professional service techni-

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for

corrosion.

• Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visual-

ly aware of corrosion flaking or

scaling or if you become aware of

a change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongy brakes, flu-

ids leaking, impairment of direc-

tional control, suspension noises

or rattling metal straps.

NHTSA further advises that after

a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen-

tial that you take these indicated

maintenance steps to ensure that

you protect yourself from unsafe

corrosion conditions.

Owner maintenance precau-

tions

Improper or incomplete service may

result in problems.This section gives

instructions only for the maintenance

items that are easy to perform.

As explained earlier in this section,

several procedures can be done only

by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-

cial tools.

✽✽

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Warranty & Consumer

Information manual provided with

the vehicle. If you're unsure about

any servicing or maintenance proce-

dure, have it done by an authorized

Kia dealer.

WARNING - Maintenance

work

Do not wear jewelry or loose

clothing while working under

the hood of your vehicle with

the engine running. These can

become entangled in moving

parts, if you must run the

engine while working under the

hood, make certain that you

remove all jewelry (especially

rings, bracelets, watches, and

necklaces) and all neckties,

scarves, and similar loose

clothing before getting near the

engine or cooling fans.

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed by the owner or an author-

ized Kia dealer at the frequencies

indicated to help ensure safe,

dependable operation of your vehi-

cle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance Checks

are generally not covered by war-

ranties and you may be charged for

labor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of

exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice any increased steer-

ing effort or looseness in the steer-

ing wheel, or change in its straight-

ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or “pulls” to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transaxle occurs,

check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P

(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

WARNING - Hot coolant

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot. Scalding hot

coolant and steam may blow

out under pressure.

Maintenance

At least monthly:

• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn

signals and hazard warning flash-

ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare.

At least twice a year

(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :

• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks or

damage.

• Check the windshield washer

spray and wiper operation. Clean

the wiper blades with clean cloth

dampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.

• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.

• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year :

• Clean the body and door drain

holes.

• Lubricate the door hinges and

check the hood hinges.

• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.

• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow the Normal Maintenance

Schedule if the vehicle is usually

operated where none of the following

conditions apply.If any of the following

conditions apply, follow the

Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions.

• Repeated driving short distance of

less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles

(16 km) in freezing temperature

• Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances

• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roads

• Driving in areas using salt or other

corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

• Driving in heavy dust condition

• Driving in heavy traffic area

• Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain road repeatedly

• Towing a trailer or using a camper,

or roof rack

• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing

• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

• Frequently driving in stop-and-go

condition

If your vehicle is operated under the

above conditions, you should

inspect, replace or refill more fre-

quently than the following Normal

Maintenance Schedule. After 120

months or 150,000 miles continue to

follow the prescribed maintenance

intervals.

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule

22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.

Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the

frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

(Continued)

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

(Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

Maintenance

107

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspec-

tion is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel cap, fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

711

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (2.4 GDI) *

(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Maintenance

127

60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel cap, fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Inspect valve clearance (if equipped) *

(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)

❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)

67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspec-

tion is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-

essary.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

713

Maintenance

75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

Maintenance

147

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)

90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel cap, fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)

(Continued)

Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspec-

tion is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

(Continued)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

715

Maintenance

105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

Maintenance

167

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel cap, fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Inspect valve clearance (if equipped) *

(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)

❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)

(Continued)

Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspec-

tion is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-

essary.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

(Continued)

❑ Replace coolant

(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after that,

every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

717

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Maintenance

187

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT.)

150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)

❑ Replace coolant

(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after that,

every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *

(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)

❑ Rotate tire position (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km))

No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped)

Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspec-

tion is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-

ommended.Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

719

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

Severe Driving Conditions

A -Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B -Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances

C -Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads

D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E -Driving in heavy dust condition

F - Driving in heavy traffic area

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road

H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing

J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K -Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions.

Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently B, H

Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) A, C, E, F, G, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) R More frequently C, E

Maintenance

207

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe con-

ditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

Drive belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of

cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil

saturation and replace if necessary.

Drive belts should be checked peri-

odically for proper tension and

adjusted as necessary.

Fuel filter (for gasoline)

Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a

lifetime fuel filter that integrated with

the fuel tank. Regular maintenance

or replacement is not needed but

depends on fuel quality. If there are

some important safety matters like

fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem etc, fuel

filter inspection or replace is needed.

The fuel filter be Inspected or

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-

nections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have an authorized Kia dealer

replace any damaged or leaking

parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure that a new

vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-

rectly replaced.

721

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation

hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-

dence of heat and/or mechanical

damage. Hard and brittle rubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterio-

ration. Particular attention should be

paid to examine those hose surfaces

nearest to high heat sources, such

as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to assure

that the hoses do not come in con-

tact with any heat source, sharp

edges or moving component which

might cause heat damage or

mechanical wear. Inspect all hose

connections, such as clamps and

couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are pres-

ent. Hoses should be replaced

immediately if there is any evidence

of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is rec-

ommended when the filter is replaced.

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

Valve clearance (if equipped)

Inspect excessive valve noise and/or

engine vibration and adjust if neces-

sary. An authorized Kia dealer

should perform the operation.

Cooling system

Check the cooling system compo-

nents, such as the radiator, coolant

reservoir, hoses and connections for

leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged parts.

Coolant

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid

Automatic transaxle fluid should not

be checked under normal usage

conditions.

But in severe conditions, the fluid

should be changed at an authorized

Kia dealer in accordance to the

scheduled maintenance at the begin-

ning of this chapter.

✽✽

NOTICE

Automatic transaxle fluid color is

basically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto-

matic transaxle fluid will begin to

look darker.

It is normal condition and you should

not judge the need to replace the fluid

based upon the changed color.

Maintenance

227

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

✽✽

NOTICE - NHTSA Safety

Corrosion Alert

NHTSA has warned all vehicle own-

ers of all brands that they must main-

tain their vehicles in a manner which

will prevent brake hose and brake line

failures due to corrosion when such

vehicles are exposed to winter road

salt and related chemicals. While seri-

ous corrosion conditions typically only

manifest themselves as safety issues

after 7 years of vehicle use, the corro-

sion process starts immediately and

thus underbody cleaning maintenance

must commence from your vehicle's

first exposure to road salts and chem-

icals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to

take the following steps to prevent

corrosion:

(Continued)

1. Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly throughout the

winter and do a thorough washing

in the spring to remove road salt

and other de-icing chemicals.

2. Monitor the brake system for

signs of corrosion by having regu-

lar professional inspections and

watching for signs of problems,

including loss of brake fluid,

unusual leaks and soft or spongy

feel in the brake pedal.

3. Replace the entire brake pipe

assembly if you find severe corro-

sion that causes scaling or flaking

of brake components.

CAUTION

Use only specified automatic

transaxle fluid.The use of a non-

specified fluid could result in a

transaxle malfunction and fail-

ure. (Refer to "Recommended

lubricants and capacities" in

chapter 8.)

723

Maintenance

Brake fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir.The level should

be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks

on the side of the reservoir. Use only

hydraulic brake fluid conforming to

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brake

Inspect the parking brake system

including the parking brake pedal

and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers

and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,

muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-

rioration, or damage. Start the

engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-

nections or replace parts as neces-

sary.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine

off, check for excessive free-play in

the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or dam-

age. Check the dust boots and ball

joints for deterioration, cracks, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

247

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.

2. Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera-

ture.

3.Turn the engine off and wait for a

few minutes (about 5 minutes) for

the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

bring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

from being spilled on engine com-

ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

and capacities” in chapter 8.)

CAUTION - Replacing

engine oil

Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.

WARNING - Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch the

radiator hose when checking or

adding the engine oil as it may

be hot enough to burn you.

OYG076007

■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

OYG076011

■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

725

Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and

filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by

an authorized Kia dealer according

to the Maintenance Schedule at the

beginning of this chapter.

CALIFORNIA PROPO-

SITION 65 WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer, birth defects

and reproductive harm. Used

engine oil may cause irritation or

cancer of the skin if left in con-

tact with the skin for prolonged

periods of time. Always protect

your skin by washing your

hands thoroughly with soap and

warm water as soon as possible

after handling used oil.

Maintenance

267

ENGINE COOLANT

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year: at

the beginning of the winter season,

and before traveling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the coolant level

• Turn the engine off and wait until it

cools down. Use extreme care

when removing the radiator cap.

Wrap a thick towel around it, and

turn it counterclockwise slowly to

the first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the cool-

ing system.

When you are sure all the pressure

has been released, press down on

the cap, using a thick towel, and

continue turning counterclockwise

to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operating,

do not remove the radiator cap or

the drain plug while the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may still blow out under

pressure, causing serious injury.

WARNING

Removing radiator

cap

Never attempt to remove the

radiator cap while the engine is

operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system

and engine damage and could

result in serious personal injury

from escaping hot coolant or

steam.

CAUTION - Radiator cap

Never attempt to remove the

radiator cap while the engine is

operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system

and engine damage.

727

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between F and L marks on the side

of the coolant reservoir when the

engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

specified coolant to provide protec-

tion against freezing and corrosion.

Bring the level to F, but do not over-

fill. If frequent additions are required,

see an authorized Kia dealer for a

cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant

• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water for

your vehicle and never mix hard

water in the coolant filled at the fac-

tory. An improper coolant mixture

can result in serious malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol

with phosphate based coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze. This would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

OYG076013

WARNING - Cooling fan

Use caution when

working near the

blade of the cooling

fan. The electric

motor (cooling fan) is

controlled by engine coolant

temperature, refrigerant pres-

sure and vehicle speed. it may

sometimes operate even when

the engine is not running.

Maintenance

287

For mixture percentage, refer to the

following table.

Changing the coolant

Have the coolant changed by an

authorized Kia dealer according to

the Maintenance Schedule at the

beginning of this chapter.

Put a thick cloth around the radiator

cap before refilling the coolant in

order to prevent the coolant from

overflowing into engine parts such as

the alternator.

OYG076014

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C)

35 65

-13°F (-25°C)

40 60

-31°F (-35°C)

50 50

-49°F (-45°C)

60 40

WARNING

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap

when the engine and radiator

are hot. Scalding hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure which may result in

serious injury.

CAUTION

Put a thick cloth or fabric

around the radiator cap before

refilling the coolant in order to

prevent the coolant from over-

flowing into engine parts such

as the generator.

729

Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX (Maximum) and MIN

(Minimum) marks on the side of the

reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the

MAX (Maximum) level. The level will

fall with accumulated mileage.This is

a normal condition associated with

the wear of brake linings. If the fluid

level is excessively low, have the

brake system checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

and capacities” in chapter 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake system

requires frequent additions of fluid,

the vehicle should be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

When changing and adding brake

fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it

come in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid should come in contact

with your eyes, immediately flush

them with a large quantity of fresh

tap water. Have your eyes examined

by a doctor as soon as possible.

Brake fluid, which has been exposed

to open air for an extended time

should never be used as its quality

cannot be guaranteed. It should be

disposed of properly.

OYG076015

CAUTION - Brake fluid

Do not allow brake fluid to con-

tact the vehicle's body paint, as

paint damage will result.

CAUTION - Proper fluid

Only use brake fluid in brake

system. Small amounts of

improper fluids (such as engine

oil) can cause damage to the

brake system.

Maintenance

307

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid

level

The reservoir is translucent so that

you can check the level with a quick

visual inspection.

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Flammable

fluid

Do not allow the washer fluid to

come in contact with open

flames or sparks.The windshield

washer fluid reservoir is flamma-

ble under certain circumstances.

This can result in a fire.

WARNING - Windshield

fluid

Do not drink the windshield

washer fluid. The windshield

washer fluid is poisonous to

humans and animals.

WARNING - Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control.

OYG076016

731

Maintenance

Checking the parking brake

Check whether the stroke is within

specification when the parking brake

pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N

(30 kg) of force. Also, the parking

brake alone should securely hold the

vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the

stroke is more or less than specified,

have the parking brake adjusted by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Stroke : 6~7 notch

PARKING BRAKE

OYG056016

Maintenance

327

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,

and should not be washed.

You can clean the filter when inspect-

ing the air cleaner element.

Clean the filter by using compressed

air.

1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.

2. Unlock by turning the locking lever

downward.

3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.

4. Lock the cover with the reverse

order.

OYG076018

OYG076019

OYG076020

OYG076021

733

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

If the vehicle is operated in extreme-

ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the

element more often than the usual

recommended intervals. (Refer to

“Maintenance under severe usage

conditions” in this chapter.)

CAUTION - Air filter

maintenance

• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result in

excessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner

filter, be careful that dust or

dirt does not enter the air

intake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of

a non-genuine part could

damage the air flow sensor.

Maintenance

347

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle

is operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1. Open the glove box and remove

the stoppers on both sides.

2.With the glove box open, pull the

support strap (1).

OYG076022OYG076023

735

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter cover while pressing the lock

on the right side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

When replacing the climate control

air filter install it properly. Otherwise,

the system may produce noise and

the effectiveness of the filter may be

reduced.

OYG076024 OYG076025

Maintenance

367

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windshield diffi-

cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-

shield or the wiper blades with for-

eign matter can reduce the effective-

ness of the windshield wipers.

Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot wax

treatments used by some commer-

cial car washes. If the blades are not

wiping properly, clean both the win-

dow and the blades with a good

cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse

thoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms

or other components, do not attempt

to move the wipers manually.

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper malfunc-

tion and failure.

1JBA5122

CAUTION - Wiper blades

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline,

kerosene, paint thinner, or other

solvents on or near them.

737

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

For your convenience, move the

windshield wiper blades to the serv-

ice position as follows;

After turning off the engine, move the

wiper switch to the single wiping

(MIST) position within 20 seconds

and hold the switch more than 2 sec-

onds until the wiper blade is in the

fully up position.

Type A

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then

pull down the blade assembly and

remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly.

OHM078060

OHM078061

CAUTION - Wiper arms

Do not allow the wiper arm to

fall against the windshield,

since it may chip or crack the

windshield.

OYG076026

Maintenance

387

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

5.Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the

wiper blade assembly to expose

the plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the

blade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.

4. Install the new blade assembly.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

1LDA5023

739

Maintenance

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

6.Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

Maintenance

407

BATTERY

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from

the battery immediately with a

solution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be

used for an extended time, discon-

nect the battery cables.

Always read the following

instructions carefully when

handling a battery.

If any electrolyte gets into

your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least

15 minutes and get immedi-

ate medical attention.

If electrolyte gets on your

skin, thoroughly wash the

contacted area. If you feel

pain or burning sensation,

get medical attention imme-

diately.

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose the battery

according to your local law(s)

or regulation.

The battery contains lead.Do

not dispose of it after use.

Please return the battery to

an authorized Kia dealer to

be recycled.

Never attempt to recharge the bat-

tery when the battery cables are con-

nected.

WARNING - Risk of

explosion

Keep lit cigarettes and

all other flames or

sparks away from the

battery.

The battery contains

hydrogen -- a highly

combustible gas which

will explode if it comes

in contact with a flame or

spark.

Keep batteries out of the

reach of children

because batteries con-

tain highly corrosive

SULFURIC ACID and

electrolytes. Do not

allow battery acid to

contact your skin, eyes,

clothing or paint finish.

Wear eye protection

when charging or work-

ing near a battery.

Always provide ventila-

tion when working in an

enclosed space.

OYG076027

741

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

If you connect unauthorized elec-

tronic devices to the battery, the bat-

tery may be discharged. Never use

unauthorized devices.

Recharging the battery

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,

calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-

ple, the headlamps or interior

lamps were left on while the vehi-

cle was not in use), recharge it by

slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually discharges

because of high electric load while

the vehicle is being used, recharge

it at 20-30A for two hours.

CALIFORNIA PROPO-

SITION 65 WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds,

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer, birth

defects and reproductive harm.

Batteries also contain other

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer.

Wash hands after handling.

WARNING - Risk of elec-

trocution

Never touch the electrical igni-

tion system while the vehicle is

running. This system works

with high voltage which can

shock you.

WARNING - Recharging

Battery

Never attempt to recharge the

battery when the battery cables

are connected.

Maintenance

427

When recharging the battery,

observe the following precautions:

• The battery must be removed from

the vehicle and placed in an area

with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or

flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charging,

and stop or reduce the charging

rate if the battery cells begin

gassing (boiling) violently or if the

temperature of the electrolyte of

any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-

ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.

1.Turn off the battery charger main

switch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off all

accessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must be

removed first and installed last

when the battery is disconnected.

Reset items

Items should be reset after the bat-

tery has been discharged or the bat-

tery has been disconnected.

• Auto up/down window

(See chapter 4)

• Sunroof (See chapter 4)

• Trip computer (See chapter 4)

• Climate control system

(See chapter 4)

• Driver position memory system

(See chapter 3)

743

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tire

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-

tion pressures

All tire pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tires are cold.“Cold Tires” means the

vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less than

one mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must be

maintained for the best ride, top vehi-

cle handling, and minimum tire wear.

For recommended inflation pressure

refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver’s side center

pillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-

flation

Inflate your tires consistent with

the instructions provided in this

manual. Severe underinflation

(10 psi (70 kPa) or more) can

lead to severe heat build-up,

causing blowouts, tread separa-

tion and other tire failures that

can result in the loss of vehicle

control.This risk is much higher

on hot days and when driving

for long periods at high speeds.

OYG086001

Maintenance

447

• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handling and

reduced fuel economy. Wheel

deformation also is possible. Keep

your tire pressures at the proper

levels. If a tire frequently needs

refilling, have it checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harsh

ride, excessive wear at the center

of the tire tread, and a greater pos-

sibility of damage from road haz-

ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-

ommended cold tire pressures by 4

to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not

release air from warm tires to

adjust the pressure or the tires will

be underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation

valve caps. Without the valve cap,

dirt or moisture could get into the

valve core and cause air leakage.If

a valve cap is missing, install a

new one as soon as possible.

Tire pressure

Always observe the following:

• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has been

parked for at least three hours or

hasn't been driven more than one

mile (1.6 km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your spare

tire each time you check the pres-

sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Be

careful not to overload a vehicle

luggage rack if your vehicle is

equipped with one.

Checking tire inflation pres-

sure

Check your tires once a month or

more.

Also, check the tire pressure of the

spare tire.

How to check

Use a good quality gauge to check

tire pressure.You can not tell if your

tires are properly inflated simply by

looking at them. Radial tires may

look properly inflated even when

they're underinflated.

Check the tire's inflation pressure

when the tires are cold. - "Cold"

means your vehicle has been sitting

for at least three hours or driven no

more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING

- Tire Inflation

Overinflation or underinflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure. This

could result in loss of vehicle

control and potential injury.

745

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire

valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-

ly onto the valve to get a pressure

measurement.If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recommended

pressure on the tire and loading

information label, no further adjust-

ment is necessary. If the pressure is

low, add air until you reach the rec-

ommended amount.

If you overfill the tire, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve. Recheck the

tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be

sure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. They help prevent

leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-

ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wear and

damage. Always use a tire pres-

sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too little

pressure wear unevenly causing

poor handling, loss of vehicle con-

trol, and sudden tire failure leading

to accidents, injuries, and even

death. The recommended cold tire

pressure for your vehicle can be

found in this manual and on the tire

label located on the driver's side

center pillar.

• Remember to check the pressure

of your spare tire.Kia recommends

that you check the spare every

time you check the pressure of the

other tires on your vehicle.

Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is recom-

mended that the tires be rotated

every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or

sooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage.Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out-

of-balance wheels, severe braking or

severe cornering. Look for bumps or

bulges in the tread or side of tire.

Replace the tire if you find either of

these conditions. Replace the tire if

fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,

be sure to bring the front and rear tire

pressures to specification and check

lug nut tightness.

Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter

Maintenance

467

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Rotate radial tires that have an

asymmetric tread pattern only from

front to rear and not from right to left.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-

ance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING - Mixing tires

• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-

tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics.

CAUTION

- Wheel weight

Improper wheel weights can

damage your vehicle's alu-

minum wheels. Use only

approved wheel weights.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

747

Maintenance

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

Indicator (A) will appear as a solid

band across the tread. This shows

there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)

of tread left on the tire. Replace the

tire when this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before replac-

ing the tire.

The ABS works by comparing the

speed of the wheels. The tire size

affects wheel speed.When replacing

tires, all 4 tires must use the same

size originally supplied with the vehi-

cle.Using tires of a different size can

cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake

System) and ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) to work irregularly.

✽✽

NOTICE

We recommend that when replacing

tires, use the same which were origi-

nally supplied with the vehicle. If

not, driving performance could be

altered.

Compact spare tire replacement

A compact spare tire has a shorter

tread life than a regular size tire.

Replace it when you can see the

tread wear indicator bars on the tire.

The replacement compact spare tire

should be the same size and design

tire as the one provided with your

new vehicle and should be mounted

on the same compact spare tire

wheel. The compact spare tire is not

designed to be mounted on a regular

size wheel, and the compact spare

tire wheel is not designed for mount-

ing a regular size tire.

OUM076204L

Maintenance

487

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

A wheel that is not the correct size

may adversely affect wheel and

bearing life, braking and stopping

abilities, handling characteristics,

ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-

ance, snow chain clearance,

speedometer and odometer calibra-

tion, headlight aim and bumper

height.

Tire traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when tread wear indicators

appear. Slow down whenever there

is rain, snow or ice on the road, to

reduce the possibility of losing con-

trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tire life. Additionally, a tire should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tire and also provides

the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tire in

case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.

CAUTION - Wheel

Wheels that do not meet Kia's

specifications may fit poorly

and result in damage to the

vehicle or unusual handling and

poor vehicle control.

OJF085008L

749

Maintenance

2.Tire size designation

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-

bers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tires

marked with the prefix “P’’ are

intended for use on passenger

vehicles or light trucks; however,

not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.

55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

89 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one.The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger vehicles. The

speed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of the

tire.This symbol corresponds to that

tire's designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum Speed

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maintenance

507

3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire

Identification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tire

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tire consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1616 represents

that the tire was produced in the 16th

week of 2016.

4.Tire ply composition and mate-

rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflation

pressure

This number is the greatest amount of

air pressure that should be put in the

tire.Do not exceed the maximum per-

missible inflation pressure. Refer to

the Tire and Loading Information label

for recommended inflation pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that can

be carried by the tire.When replacing

the tires on the vehicle, always use a

tire that has the same load rating as

the factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREADWEAR 440

TRACTION A

TEMPERATURE A

WARNING - Tire age

Replace tires within the recom-

mended time frame. Failure to

replace tires as recommended

can result in sudden tire failure,

which could lead to a loss of

control and an accident.

751

Maintenance

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tire when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

Tires degrade over time, even when

they are not being used. Regardless

of the remaining tread, we recom-

mend that tires be replaced after

approximately six (6) years of normal

service. Heat caused by hot climates

or frequent high loading conditions

can accelerate the aging process.

These grades are molded on the

side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard or

optional equipment on your vehicles

may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tires ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

The traction grade assigned to this

tire is based on straight-ahead brak-

ing traction tests, and does not

include acceleration, cornering,

hydroplaning, or peak traction char-

acteristics.

Maintenance

527

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

Tire terminology and definitions

Air Pressure: The amount of air

inside the tire pressing outward on

the tire. Air pressure is expressed in

kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per

square inch (psi).

Accessory Weight: This means the

combined weight of optional acces-

sories. Some examples of optional

accessories are, automatic

transaxle, power seats, and air con-

ditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a

tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords

that is located between the plies and

the tread. Cords may be made from

steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead contains steel

wires wrapped by steel cords that

hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in

which the plies are laid at alternate

angles less than 90 degrees to the

centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of

air pressure in a tire, measured in

kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per

square inch (psi) before a tire has

built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight: This means the weight

of a motor vehicle with standard and

optional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil and

coolant, but without passengers and

cargo.

DOT Markings: A code molded into

the sidewall of a tire signifying that

the tire is in compliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation motor

vehicle safety standards. The DOT

code includes the Tire Identification

Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-

ignator which can also identify the

tire manufacturer, production plant,

brand and date of production.

753

Maintenance

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight

Rating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight

Rating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: The

side of an asymmetrical tire, that

must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for

air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-

ed by its manufacturer as primarily

intended for use on lightweight trucks

or multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index: An assigned number

ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-

sponds to the load carrying capacity

of a tire.

Load ratings: The maximum load

that a tire is rated to carry for a given

inflation pressure.

Maximum Inflation Pressure: The

maximum air pressure to which a

cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-

mum air pressure is molded onto the

sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: The load

rating for a tire at the maximum per-

missible inflation pressure for that

tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: The

number of occupants a vehicle is

designed to seat multiplied by 150

lbs. (68kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designated

seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: The side

of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-

ticular side that faces outward when

mounted on a vehicle. The outward

facing sidewall bears white lettering

or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or

model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same moldings on

the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire

used on passenger cars and some

light duty trucks and multipurpose

vehicles.

Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords

Pneumatic tire: A mechanical

device made of rubber, chemicals,

fabric and steel or other materials,

that, when mounted on an automo-

tive wheel, provides the traction and

contains the gas or fluid that sustains

the load.

Maintenance

547

Production options weight: The

combined weight of installed regular

production options weighing over 5

lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard

items which they replace, not previ-

ously considered in curb weight or

accessory weight, including heavy

duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,

heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure:

Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure and shown

on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in

which the ply cords that extend to the

beads are laid at 90 degrees to the

centerline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire and

upon which the tire beads are seat-

ed.

Sidewall: The portion of a tire

between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumeric

code assigned to a tire indicating the

maximum speed at which a tire can

operate.

Traction: The friction between the

tire and the road surface. The

amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire that

comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrow

bands, sometimes called "wear

bars," that show across the tread of a

tire when only 1/16 inch of tread

remains.

UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality

Grading Standards, a tire information

system that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-

ture and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce-

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-

ber of designated seating positions

multiplied by 150 lbs. (68kg) plus the

rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the

Tire: Load on an individual tire due

to curb and accessory weight plus

maximum occupant and cargo

weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu-

pant weight and driving by 2.

Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-

ly attached to a vehicle showing the

original equipment tire size and rec-

ommended inflation pressure.

755

Maintenance

All season tires

Kia specifies all season tires on

some models to provide good per-

formance for use all year round,

including snowy and icy road condi-

tions. All season tires are identified

by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud

and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow

tires have better snow traction than

all season tires and may be more

appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

Kia specifies summer tires on some

models to provide superior perform-

ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-

formance is substantially reduced in

snow and ice. Summer tires do not

have the tire traction rating M+S

(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in

snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-

mends the use of snow tires or all

season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,

they should be the same size and

have the same load capacity as the

original tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result.

Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28

kPa) more air pressure than the

pressure recommended for the stan-

dard tires on the tire label on the dri-

ver's side of the center pillar, or up to

the maximum pressure shown on the

tire sidewall, whichever is less.

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120

km/h) when your vehicle is equipped

with snow tires.

Tire chains

Tire chains, if necessary, should be

installed on the front wheels.

Be sure that the chains are installed

in accordance with the manufactur-

er's instructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do

not continue to use tire chains when

they are no longer needed.

• When driving on roads covered

with snow or ice, drive at less than

20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wire

chains.

• If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten the

chain to avoid contact with the

vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retighten

the chains after driving 0.3~0.6

miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains on vehicles

equipped with aluminum wheels.

In unavoidable circumstances, use

a wire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47

inches (12 mm) to prevent damage

to the chain’s connection.

Maintenance

567

Radial-ply tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance and

smoother high speed ride. The radi-

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are

of belted construction and are select-

ed to complement the ride and han-

dling characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load

carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias

belted tires of the same size and use

the same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

with bias-ply or bias belted tires is

not recommended. Any combina-

tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-

low is:identical radial-ply tires should

always be used as a set of four.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It

is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval shown in this section

to achieve the tread life potential of

these tires. Cuts and punctures in

radial-ply tires are repairable only in

the tread area, because of sidewall

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for

radial-ply tire repairs.

Low aspect ratio tire

(if equipped)

Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect

ratio is lower than 50, are provided

for sporty looks.

Because the low aspect ratio tires

are optimized for handling and brak-

ing, it may be more uncomfortable to

ride in and there is more noise com-

pare with normal tires.

757

Maintenance

• It is not easy to recognize the tire

damage with your own eyes. But if

there is the slightest hint of tire

damage, even though you cannot

see it, have the tire checked or

replaced because the tire damage

may cause air leakage from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving on

a rough road, off road, pothole,

manhole, or curb stone, it will not

be covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire information

on the tire sidewall.

CAUTION

Because the sidewall of the low

aspect ratio tire is shorter than

the normal, the wheel and tire of

the low aspect ratio tire is easi-

er to be damaged. So, follow the

instructions below.

• When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously

because tires and wheels may

be damaged. And after driv-

ing, inspect tires and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or curb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tires and wheels are not dam-

aged.

• If the tire is impacted, we rec-

ommend that you inspect the

tire condition or contact an

authorized Kia dealer.

• To prevent damage to the tire,

inspect the tire condition and

pressure every 1,900 miles

(3,000 km).

Maintenance

587

FUSES

❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver’s side panel

bolster, the other in the engine com-

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will melt.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver’s side

fuse panel.

Always replace a blown fuse with

one of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem.Avoid

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized Kia

dealer.

Three kinds of fuses are used: blade

type for lower amperage rating, car-

tridge type, and multi fuse for higher

amperage ratings.

• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on

electric wiring to the vehicle.

WARNING - Fuse replace-

ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly a

fire.

• Never install a wire or alu-

minum foil instead of the

proper fuse - even as a tem-

porary repair. It may cause

extensive wiring damage and

a possible fire.

CAUTION

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the

system.

OJF075021

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

■ BFT

759

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

• When replacing fuse, turn the

ignition “OFF” and turn off

switches of all electrical devices

then remove battery (-) terminal.

• The actual fuse/relay panel label

may differ from equipped items.

Inner panel fuse replacement

1.Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

If the switch is located in the “OFF”

position, a caution indicator will be

displayed in the cluster.

WARNING - Electrical Fire

Always ensure replacements

fuses and relays are securely

fastened when installed. Failure

to do so can result in a vehicle

fire.

CAUTION

• When replacing a blown fuse

or relay, make sure the new

fuse or relay fits tightly into

the clips. Failure to tightly

install the fuse or relay may

cause damage to the wiring

and electric systems.

• Do not remove fuses, relays

and terminals fastened with

bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays

and terminals may not be fas-

tened correctly which may

cause vehicle damage.

OYG076028

Maintenance

607

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

on the engine compartment fuse

panel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse;replace it

if it is blown.

Spare fuses are provided in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use a

fuse of the same rating from a circuit

you may not need for operating the

vehicle, such as the power outlet

fuse.

If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,

stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail

lamp, HMSL do not work and the

fuses are OK, check the fuse panel

in the engine compartment. If a fuse

is blown, it must be replaced.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-

nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction

even without any problem to the

lamps, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer for assis-

tance.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Set all switches to ON before driv-

ing.

• If the vehicle is going to be unused

for over 1 month, set all switches

to OFF to prevent the batteries

from draining.

CAUTION - Fuse Panel

Covers

The contact points of the

switches may wear out with

excessive use. Please refrain

from excessive use of the

switches (except for long-term

parking for over 1 month).

OYG076029

761

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always set the fuse switch to the ON

position before using the vehicle.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as audio

and digital clock must be reset and

transmitter (or smart key) may not

work properly. When the switch is

Off, the caution indicator will be dis-

played on the instrument cluster.

Always place the fuse switch in the

ON position while driving the vehicle.

If the switch is located in the “OFF”

position, a caution indicator will be

displayed in the cluster.

Engine compartment fuse

replacement

1.Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.

2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the

cover up. When the blade type

fuse is disconnected, remove it by

using the clip designed for chang-

ing fuses located in the engine

compartment fuse box. Upon

removal, securely insert reserve

fuse of the same rating.

3. Check the removed fuse;replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

After checking the fuse panel in

the engine compartment,

securely install the fuse panel

cover through the audible click-

ing sound.

If not, electrical failures may

occur from water contact.

OYG076030

OYG076031

Maintenance

627

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1.Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5. Reverse these steps to reinstall

the multi fuse.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not disassemble nor assemble the

multi fuse when it is secured with

nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial

assembly torque may cause a fire.

Have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1.Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5. Reverse these steps to reinstall

the main fuse.

OYG076032 OYG076033

763

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

The electronic system may not func-

tion correctly even when the engine

compartment and internal fuse

box’s individual fuses are not dis-

connected. In such case the cause of

the problem may be disconnection

of the main fuse (BFT type), which is

located inside the positive battery

terminal (+) cap.

Since the main fuse is designed more

intricately than other parts, have the

vehicle checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

CAUTION

Visually inspect the battery cap

to ensure it is securely closed.

If the battery cap is not securely

closed, moisture may enter the

system and damage the electri-

cal components.

Maintenance

647

Fuse/relay panel description

Driver’s side fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label

describing fuse/relay name and

capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

OYG076035L

OYG076034

765

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 7 10A Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module

SPARE 10A Spare

MODULE 3 10A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM (Body Control Module), Sports Mode Switch

MODULE 5 10A

Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar Left Handle side/Right Handle side, BCM (Body Control

Module), Smart Cruise Control Unit, Crash Pad Switch, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, Lane Departure

Warning Unit, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

IG1 25A PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Block

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

MODULE 6 10A

Air Conditioner Switch, Air Conditioner Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Head Lamp Left Handle

side/Right Handle side, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front

Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head

Unit, Driver Integrated memory system Module, Auto Transmission Shift Lever Indicator, Multipurpose

Check Connector

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

AIR BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module

MULTIMEDIA 1 20A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module), Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Switch, Instrument Cluster

MODULE 4 10A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

SPARE 2 10A Spare

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Maintenance

667

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

A/CON 7.5A Air Conditioner Switch, Air Conditioner Control Module, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)

MEMORY 1 10A

Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Wireless Charger Unit , Analog Clock, BCM (Body Control Module),

Rain Sensor, Driver Door Module, Power Trunk Module, Passenger Door Module, Air Conditioner Switch,

Air Conditioner Control Module, Security Indicator

MEMORY 2 15A Driver Door Module

MEMORY 3 10A Passenger Door Module

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch, ECM (Engine Control Module)

HEATED

STEERING

15A BCM (Body Control Module)

MODULE 9 7.5A

Surround View Unit, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air

Ventilation Seat Control Module

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

INTERIOR

LAMP

10A

Glove Box Lamp, Passenger Foot Lamp, Driver Foot Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp Switch

Left Handle side/Right Handle side, Overhead Console Lamp, Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp Left

Handle side/Right Handle side

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay

S/HEATER (FR) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

SMART KEY 2 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

767

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/WINDOW (RH) 25A Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch Right Handle side

SUNROOF 1 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Glass)

TRUNK 10A Trunk Relay, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, Engine Room Junction Block(Fuel Lid Relay)

MULTIMEDIA 2 10A Front Monitor

POWER TRUNK 30A Power Trunk Module

S/HEATER (RR) 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

SPARE 1 10A Spare

P/WINDOW (LH) 25A Rear Power Window Switch Left Handle side, Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

SUNROOF 2 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Roller)

POWER HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

SMART KEY 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

MODULE 1 7.5A Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch, Console Switch

Maintenance

687

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Integrated memory system Module

POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet, Rear Power Outlet

MODULE 2 10A

AMP (Amplifier), Surround View Unit, BCM (Body Control Module), Air Conditioner Control Module, Analog

Clock, Wireless Charger Unit, Air Conditioner Switch, Smart Key Control Module, Front Monitor,

Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Engine Room Junction Block(Power Outlet Relay), USB Charger

SPARE 10A Spare

MODULE 8 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

769

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OYG076037N

OYG076036

Maintenance

707

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTI

FUSE

MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) UNIT

B+2 60A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

BLOWER 50A Blower Relay

B+3 50A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

REAR

HEATED

50A Rear Heated Relay

ABS1 40A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module

IG2 30A

Without Smart Key : Start Relay, Ignition Switch

With Smart Key : Start Relay

B+5 80A WIPER1, HORN, ECU2, FUEL PUMP, Engine Control Relay

B+1 60A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

COOLING

FAN2

60A Cooling Fan1 Relay, Cooling Fan2 Relay

B+4 50A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

POWER

OUTLET1

40A Power Outlet Relay

IG1 40A

Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch

With Smart Key : Ignition switch 1, ACC Relay

ABS2 30A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

Engine room compartment fuse panel

771

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

TCU1 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

CRUISE 10A Smart Cruise Control Unit

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

DEICER 20A Front Deicer Relay

A/CON 10A Air Conditioner Control Module

WIPER2 10A BCM (Body Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module)

HEATED

MIRROR

10A Air Conditioner Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

ECU3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

POWER

OUTLET2

20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

HORN 20A Horn Relay

WIPER1 30A Wiper Power Relay

Maintenance

727

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

TCU2 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range Switch

ABS3 10A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module

POWER

OUTLET3

20A Not Used

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp (Inside) Left Handle side/Right Handle side

SENSOR1 15A Oxygen Sensor #1~#4

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#6

ECU2 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

ECU1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

INJECTOR 15A Not Used

SENSOR2 10A

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1, #2, Electronic Thermostat, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister

Close Valve, Oil Pressure Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#4, Cooling Fan1 Relay, Cooling Fan2

Relay, Fuel Pump Relay

773

Maintenance

Relay Name Type

Blower Relay MINI

Cooling Fan1 Relay MINI

Cooling Fan2 Relay MINI

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

Start Relay MICRO

Front Deicer Relay MICRO

Fuel Filler Relay MICRO

Rear Heated Relay MINI

Relay

Maintenance

747

Engine compartment fuse panel

(Battery terminal cover)

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

OYG076038

OYG076039

775

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Bulb replacement precaution

Please keep extra bulbs on hand

with appropriate wattage ratings in

case of emergencies.

Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.

When changing lamps, first turn off

the engine at a safe place, firmly

apply the parking brake and detach

the battery’s negative (-) terminal.

Use only bulbs of the specified

wattage.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the light bulb or lamp connector

is removed while the lamp is still

on, the fuse box's electronic sys-

tem may log it as a malfunction.

Therefore, a lamp malfunction

incident may be recorded as a

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in

the fuse box.

• It is normal for an operating lamp

to flicker momentarily. This is due

to a stabilization function of the

vehicle’s electronic control device.

If the lamp lights up normally

after momentarily blinking, then

it is functioning as normal.

However, if the lamp continues to

flicker several times or turns off

completely, there may be an error

in the vehicle’s electronic control

device. Please have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia

dealer immediately.

WARNING - Working on

the lights

Prior to working on the light,

firmly apply the parking brake,

ensure that the ignition switch

is turned to the LOCK position

and turn off the lights to avoid

sudden movement of the vehi-

cle and burning your fingers or

receiving an electric shock.

CAUTION - Light replace-

ment

Be sure to replace the burned-

out bulb with one of the same

wattage rating. Otherwise, it

may cause damage to the fuse

or electric wiring system.

CAUTION - Headlamp

Lens

To prevent damage, do not

clean the headlamp lens with

chemical solvents or strong

detergents.

Maintenance

767

If you don’t have the necessary tools,

the correct bulbs and the expertise,

consult an authorized Kia dealer. In

many cases, it is difficult to replace

vehicle light bulbs because other

parts of the vehicle must be removed

before you can get to the bulb.This is

especially true if you have to remove

the headlamp assembly to get to the

bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle.

If non-genuine parts or substandard

bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-

ing a fuse or other wiring damages.

Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to

the vehicle. If additional lights are

installed, it may lead to lamp mal-

functions and flickering. Additionally,

the fuse box and other writing may

be damaged.

Light bulb position (Front)

(1) Headlamp (Low)

(2) Headlamp (High)

(3) Front turn signal lamp

(4) Day time running lamp*/

Position lamp (LED type)

(5) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)

(6) Front fog lamp (LED type)

(7) Front side marker

* : if equipped

OYG076044N

OYG076109N

■ Head lamp - Type A

■ Head lamp - Type B

OYG076045

OYG076046

■ Fog lamp - Type A

■ Fog lamp - Type B

777

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear)

(1) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)

(2) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)

(3) Rear turn signal lamp

(4) Back-up lamp

(5) High mounted stop lamp (LED

type)

(6) License plate lamp

Light bulb position (Side)

(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)

OYG076047

OYG076048

OYG076049

■ Rear combination lamp

■ High mounted stop lamp

■ License plate lamp

OYG076050

Maintenance

787

Headlamp (LED type) bulb

replacement

If the head lamp (LED) (1,2) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the head lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Headlamp (Low beam) bulb

replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb-socket from the

headlamp assembly by turning the

bulb-socket counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb-socket align

with the slots on the headlamp

assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

6. Install the bulb-socket in the head-

lamp assembly by aligning the

tabs on the bulb-socket with the

slots in the headlamp assembly.

Push the bulb-socket into the

headlamp assembly and turn the

bulb-socket clockwise.

7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by

turning it clockwise.

OYG076051OYG076110N

779

Maintenance

Headlamp bulb

• Always handle them carefully, and

avoid scratches and abrasions. If

the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with

liquids. Never touch the glass with

bare hands. Residual oil may

cause the bulb to overheat and

burst when lit. A bulb should be

operated only when installed in a

headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediately

and carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-

ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool

down before handling it.

Headlamp (High beam) bulb

replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.

3.Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

headlamp assembly by turning the

bulb-socket counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb-socket align

with the slots on the headlamp

assembly.

WARNING - Halogen

bulbs

Handle halogen bulbs with care.

• Halogen bulbs contain pres-

surized gas that will produce

flying pieces of glass if bro-

ken.

OHD076046

OYG076052

Maintenance

807

5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-

bly in the headlamp assembly by

aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-

et with the slots in the headlamp

assembly. Push the bulb-socket

into the headlamp assembly and

turn the bulb-socket clockwise.

6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by

turning it clockwise.

Front turn signal lamp bulb

replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the bulb-socket from the

headlamp assembly by turning the

bulb-socket counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb-socket align

with the slots on the headlamp

assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-

socket by pressing it in and rotat-

ing it counterclockwise until the

tabs on the bulb align with the

slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the

bulb out of the bulb-socket.

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

5. Install the socket in the headlamp

assembly by aligning the tabs on

the bulb-socket with the slots in

the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-

et into the headlamp assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

OYG076053

781

Maintenance

Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement

If the front fog lamp (LED) (1, 2) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the front fog lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Position lamp + DRL* (LED

type) bulb replacement

If the position lamp + DRL* (1) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OYG076054

OYG076055

■ Type A

■ Type B

OYG076056

OYG076111N

■ Type A

■ Type B

Maintenance

827

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the position lamp + DRL* (1),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

* : if equipped

Side repeater lamp bulb

replacement

If the Side repeater lamp does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the side repeater lamp, for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Rear turn signal lamp bulb

replacement

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Open the service cover.

OYG076057OYG076050

783

Maintenance

3.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting

it into the service hole.

Stop and tail lamp (LED type)

bulb replacement

If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2)

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

OYG076059

OYG076058

Maintenance

847

Back-up lamp bulb replacement

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Loosen the retaining screw of the

trunk lid cover and then remove

the cover.

3.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the trunk lid cover.

License plate lamp bulb

replacement

1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

OYG076062

OYG076063

OYG076061

OYG076060

785

Maintenance

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interi-

or.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-

ings.

High mounted stop lamp (LED

type) bulb replacement

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)

(1) does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the high mounted stop lamp

(LED), for it may damage related

parts of the vehicle.

Map lamp bulb replacement

If the map lamp (bulb and LED type)

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the map lamp (bulb and LED

type), for it may damage related

parts of the vehicle.

OYG076065

OYG076064

Maintenance

867

Vanity mirror lamp bulb

replacement

1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-

ings.

Room lamp bulb replacement

OYG076067

WARNING - Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

OYG076066

WARNING - Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

787

Maintenance

1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-

ings.

Personal lamp bulb replacement

If the personal lamp (LED) does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the personal lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Glove box lamp bulb

replacement

1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-

ings.

OYG076069

OYG076068

Maintenance

887

Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement

If the trunk lamp (LED) does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an inte-

grated unit.The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the trunk lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

OYG076070

789

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-

rials. Make sure the drain holes in the

lower edges of the doors and rocker

panels are kept clear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water

may not completely remove all these

deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on

painted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, test the

brakes while driving slowly to see if

they have been affected by water. If

braking performance is impaired, dry

the brakes by applying them lightly

while maintaining a slow forward

speed.

Maintenance

907

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers) or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure

to re-wax these areas even if the rest

of the vehicle does not yet need wax-

ing.

Do not apply wax on embossed

unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the

unit.

OJB037800

CAUTION - Wet engine

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical

circuits located in the engine

compartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

791

Maintenance

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or replace-

ment, be sure the body shop applies

anti-corrosion materials to the parts

repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Road salt and other corrosive chemi-

cals are used in cold weather states to

melt snow and prevent ice accumula-

tion. If these chemicals are not regu-

larly removed, they will corrode the

vehicle underbody and over time dam-

age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention

system, the vehicle suspension, the

exhaust system, and even the body

frame. The National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration has warned all

vehicle owners of all brands of the

need to take the following steps:

• Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the winter

and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

CAUTION - Drying vehicle

• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth will

scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-

sive cleaners, acid detergents

or strong detergents contain-

ing high alkaline or caustic

agents on chrome-plated or

anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to

the protective coating and

cause discoloration or paint

deterioration.

Maintenance

927

• Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

• Use professional service techni-

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for cor-

rosion.

• Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visually

aware of corrosion flaking or scal-

ing or if you become aware of a

change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongey brakes,

fluids leaking, impairment of direc-

tional control, suspension noises

or rattling metal straps.

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum wheels.

They may scratch the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has

cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water. Also, be sure to clean

the wheels after driving on salted

roads. This helps prevent corro-

sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with

highspeed vehicle wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid

detergents It may damage and cor-

rode the aluminum wheels coated

with a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, we produce vehicles of

the highest quality. However, this is

only part of the job. To achieve the

long-term corrosion resistance your

vehicle can deliver, the owner's

cooperation and assistance is also

required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

793

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is

particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust control

chemicals, ocean air and industrial

pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the vehicle’s surface by

moisture that evaporates slowly.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it dries slowly and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea-

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other mate-

rials.This applies not only to the vis-

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from

beginning by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial

pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you

should take extra care to prevent

corrosion. In winter, hose off the

underside of your vehicle at least

once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when

winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, give particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

Maintenance

947

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp,

poorly ventilated garage. This cre-

ates a favorable environment for cor-

rosion. This is particularly true if you

wash your vehicle in the garage or

drive it into the garage when it is still

wet or covered with snow, ice or

mud.Even a heated garage can con-

tribute to corrosion unless it is well

ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good con-

dition

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are

highly corrosive and may damage

painted surfaces in just a few hours.

Always remove bird droppings as

soon as possible.

Don't neglect the interior

Moisture can collect under the floor

mats and carpeting and cause corro-

sion. Check under the mats periodi-

cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.

Use particular care if you carry fertil-

izers, cleaning materials or chemi-

cals in the vehicle.

These should be carried only in prop-

er containers and any spills or leaks

should be cleaned up, flushed with

clean water and thoroughly dried.

Interior care

Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume,

cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-

er, and air freshener from contacting

the interior parts because they may

cause damage or discoloration. If

they do contact the interior parts,

wipe them off immediately. If neces-

sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product

instructions for correct usage.

795

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-

rior trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-

diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its color can be affected.Also, its

fire-resistant properties can be

reduced if the material is not proper-

ly maintained.

Using anything but recommended

cleaners and procedures may affect

the fabric’s appearance and fire-

resistant properties.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window

glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with a

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION - Rear window

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage of the rear

window defroster grid.

CAUTION - Electrical

components

Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

CAUTION - Leather

When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

Maintenance

967

Nappa leather seat cover using

precautions (If equipped)

Nappa leather retains the hide’s own

soft texture with visible pores, scars

or blood vessels, etc. Pressure

marks or wrinkles may be made

when used. Prolonged exposure to

sunlight or heat may cause discol-

oration. These things occur due to

the natural characteristics of

cowhides.If the leather is exposed to

rain or gets wet, remove water with a

dry cloth and dry the leather in the

shade to minimize damage. Make

sure to keep sharp objects away

from the leather as these can create

scratches on the surface. For light-

colored leather, be careful of spots or

color transfer, such as from jeans.

Leather seat cover using precau-

tions (If equipped)

Natural leather has visible pores,

scars or blood vessels, etc. Pressure

marks or wrinkles may be made

when used. Prolonged exposure to

sunlight or heat may cause discol-

oration. These things occur due to

the natural characteristics of

cowhides.If the leather is exposed to

rain or gets wet, remove water with a

dry cloth and dry the leather in the

shade to minimize damage. Make

sure to keep sharp objects away

from the leather as these can create

scratches on the surface. For light-

colored leather, be careful of spots or

color transfer, such as from jeans.

797

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the

Warranty & Consumer Information

manual in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-

tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems, it is

recommended that you have your

vehicle inspected and maintained by

an authorized Kia dealer in accor-

dance with the maintenance sched-

ule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (With Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-

ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off by

pressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC system

back on by pressing the ESC

switch again.

1. Crankcase emission control

system

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-

trol (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor

Recovery)

system

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the atmos-

phere.

(The ORVR system is designed to

allow the vapors from the fuel tank to

be loaded into a canister while refu-

eling at the gas station, preventing

the escape of fuel vapors into the

atmosphere.)

Maintenance

987

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

tank are absorbed and stored in the

onboard canister.When the engine is

running, the fuel vapors absorbed in

the canister are drawn into the surge

tank through the purge control sole-

noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust emission control

system

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

Vehicle modifications

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle could

affect its performance, safety or

durability and may even violate gov-

ernmental safety and emissions reg-

ulations.

In addition, damage or performance

problems resulting from any modifi-

cation may not be covered under

warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to

operate abnormally, wire damage,

battery discharge and fire.For your

safety, do not use unauthorized

electronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions

(carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.

Therefore, if you smell exhaust

fumes of any kind inside your vehi-

cle, have it inspected and repaired

immediately. If you ever suspect

exhaust fumes are coming into

your vehicle, drive it only with all

the windows fully open. Have your

vehicle checked and repaired

immediately.

WARNING - Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

799

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-

ic converters (if equipped)

WARNING - Catalytic

converter

Keep away from the catalytic

converter and exhaust system

while the vehicle is running or

immediately thereafter. The

exhaust and catalytic systems

are very hot and may burn you.

WARNING - Fire

• Do not park, idle or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle or do not coat the

vehicle for corrosion control.

It may present a fire risk under

certain conditions.

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

Therefore, the following precautions

must be observed:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-

tion, such as misfire or a noticeable

loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the ignition off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission con-

trol system. All inspections and

adjustments must be made by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low

fuel level.Running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, dam-

aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautions

could result in damage to the catalyt-

ic converter and to your vehicle.

Additionally, such actions could void

your warranties.

Perchlorate Material-special handling

may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-

ardouswaste/ perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials,

such as air bag inflators, seatbelt

pretensioners and keyless remote

entry batteries, must be disposed of

according to Title 22 California Code

of Regulations Chapter 67384.10

(a).

CALIFORNIA

PERCHLORATE NOTICE

7100

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Air conditioning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-6

• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Consumer assistance (U.S. only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

• Toll free consumer assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

• Emergency roadside assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

• Trip interruption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

• Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-12

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

• Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 8-13

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only). . 8-14

• Service manual:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

• Electrical troubleshooting manual: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

• Owner's manual:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS

ENGINE

ITEM In (mm)

Overall length 195.6 (4,970)

Overall width 73.6 (1,870)

Overall height 57.8 (1,470) (high suspension : 58.2 (1,480))

Front tread

245/45R18 63.2 (1,607)

245/40R19 63.0 (1,602)

Rear tread

245/45R18 63.5 (1,615)

245/40R19 63.3 (1,610)

Wheelbase 112.4 (2,855)

Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3

Displacement

cu. in (cc)

203.94 (3,342)

Bore x Stroke

in. (mm)

3.62 x 3.29 (92 x 83.8)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

No. of cylinders 6.V - type

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

Headlights (High) 60W HB3

Headlights (Low) 55 or LED H7 or LED

Front turn signal lights 28W P28/8W

Position lights LED LED

Side repeater lights (Outside mirror) LED LED

Front fog lights

Halogen 55W HB4

LED LED LED

Rear

Stop and tail lights LED LED

Rear turn signal lights 28W P28/8W

Back-up lights 16 W16W

High mounted stop light LED LED

License plate lights 5W W5W

Interior

Map lamps/Room lamps 10W W10W

Mood lamp LED LED

Trunk lamp LED LED

Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON

Foot lamp 5 FESTOON

Overhead Console lamp (LED Type, Sunroof only) LED LED

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

: Load Index *

: Speed Symbol *

: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

CAUTION

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.

Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-

check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects

driving performance.

• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please

check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.

Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km

Item Tire size

Wheel

size

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)]

Wheel lug nut

torque Kgf·m

(lb·ft, N·m)

Capacity Capacity Normal load *

Maximum load

LI *

Kg SS *

Km/h Front Rear Front Rear

Full size

tire

245/45

R18

7.5Jx18 96 710 V 240

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

11~13 (79 ~

94, 107 ~ 127)

245/40

R19

8.0Jx19 94 670 V 240

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

Compact

spare tire

T135/80

D17

4.0Tx17 103 875 M 130

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

2.3

(33, 230)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

LUGGAGE VOLUME

We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

Items Gasoline Lambda II 3.3

Gross vehicle weight

lbs. (kg)

18 inch tire 19 inch tire

4,718 (2,140) 4,784 (2,170)

ITEM Volume

SAE 15.96 cu ft (452L)

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant

oz. (g)

19.4 ± 0.88 (550 ± 25) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant

oz. (cc)

3.53 ± 0.35 (100 ± 10) PAG (FD46XG)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.

The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s

time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

Recommends

3.3L GDI 6.86 US qt. (6.5 liter) ACEA A5 or above

Automatic transmission

fluid

3.3L GDI

7.39 US qt. (7.0 liter)

ATF SP-IV

(Recommended Kia genuine, Michang, SK, NOCA)

Coolant 3.3L GDI

8.98 US qt. (8.5 liter)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid

0.74 ~ 0.85 US qt.

(0.7 ~ 0.8 liter)

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel

18.5 US gal. (70

) Unleaded gasoline

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity

number

Always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain plug, or

dipstick before checking or draining

any lubricant.This is especially impor-

tant in dusty or sandy areas and when

the vehicle is used on unpaved roads.

Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas

will prevent dirt and grit from entering

the engine and other mechanisms

that could be damaged.Engine oil vis-

cosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel

economy and cold weather operating

(engine start and engine oil flowabili-

ty). Lower viscosity engine oils can

provide better fuel economy and cold

weather performance; however, high-

er viscosity engine oils are required

for satisfactory lubrication in hot

weather. Using oils of any viscosity

other than those recommended could

result in engine damage. When

choosing an oil, consider the range of

temperature your vehicle will be oper-

ated in before the next oil change.

Proceed to select the recommended

oil viscosity from the chart.

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of

a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5).However, if the engine oil

is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using

the engine oil viscosity chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline

Engine Oil *

(3.3 L)

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-30

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-

ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched under driver

or front passenger seat.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver’s side center

pillar gives the vehicle identification

number (VIN).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL

OYG086002

■ Frame number

OBH088005N

■ VIN label

OYG086001

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

The tires supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver's

side center pillar gives the tire pres-

sures recommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on

the engine block as shown in the

drawing.

The refrigerant label is located on

the underside of the hood.

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION AND

PRESSURE LABEL

REFRIGERANT LABEL

OMG055004

OTFH081005NOYG086004

■ 3.3L GDI

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

108

Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current

model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv-

ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-

service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60

months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to

the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia

Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable

to your model year vehicle.

KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other

benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,

the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre-

quency or type of occurrence.

Toll free consumer assistance

Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed

from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday

and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).

For more information regarding assistance available,

please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer

Information Manual.

Emergency roadside assistance

Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24

hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing

1-800-333-4Kia (4542).

Please note that you must provide your Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time

of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your

vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-

ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-

ance card.

Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance

providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require

a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia

Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-

one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire

with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to

allow you to proceed to your destination.We have access

to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should

you become locked out of your Kia.

In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-

cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s

Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to

transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an

authorized Kia alternative service location.

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)

811

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport

vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv-

ice.

✽✽

NOTICE

Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any

Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal-

vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s

law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by

a financial institution or insurance company.

Trip interruption

Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the

event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more

than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require

more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-

ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle

expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100

per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.

You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to

obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia

Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip

interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the

necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,

expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or

other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.

Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under

Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

128

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country

If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,

you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in

that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle

in a foreign country, you may experience the following

problems and should therefore consider the possibility of

having to deal with them:

1.The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause

damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and

other fuel-related parts which may not be covered

under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.

2.We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave

the country in which you purchased your Kia new and

use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject

to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like

yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg-

istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces-

sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be

unavailable.

Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical

specifications required by the government may vary

enough from the country of purchase to cause addi-

tional problems.

3.There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area

in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may

additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services

in a foreign country for any number of reasons.

Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob-

lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of

service outside of the United States.

813

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-

form under all reasonably expected operating conditions.

However, before any additional electrical equipment is

installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia

Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-

ranty.

Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is

installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-

cle, including such systems as the engine control system,

the audio system and the electrical charging system and

thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.

We assume no responsibility for any expense you may

incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its

components or systems that may result from the installa-

tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,

or recommended for installation by, Kia.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system

If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,

or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other

electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid

damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer

concerning the proper equipment and installation.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to

meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read

and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu-

larly the information under the headings "NOTICE",

"CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions

regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and

defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer

Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager

Kia Motors America, Inc.

P.O. Box 52410

Irvine, CA 92619-2410

1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

148

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could

cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should

immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia

Motors America, Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an

investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a

group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-

paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-

vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors

America, Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety

Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., West

Building, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain

other information about motor vehicle safety from

http://www.safercar.gov.

The following publications are available on

www.KiaTechinfo.com

Service manual:

This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-

cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It

is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple

enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-

stand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual:

This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-

ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical

circuit in your vehicle.

Owner's manual:

This manual describes the overall features and operating

procedures for the vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

(U.S. ONLY)

ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS

(U.S. ONLY)

Index

Advanced smart cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

Vehicle to vehicle distance setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58

To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control . . 5-62

To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56

Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

Inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60

Non inflation conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62

SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134

Air conditioning system lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

Exterior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

ASCC Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137

AUTO HOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-123

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133

Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134

Checking the amount of air conditioner

refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-134

Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . 4-123

Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Manual mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Shift-lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Paddle shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Automatic ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB). . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Index

AEB warning message and system control . . . . . . . 5-41

Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in

front (front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Recognizing pedestrians. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

AUX, USB port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40

Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

Battery replacement(Smart key). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Blind Spot Detection System(BSD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

Limitations condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

Bonnet see the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Electric parking brake (EPB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Brakes fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . 5-6

California Perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100

Camera (Rear view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Capacities (Lubricants). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Care

Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

Exterior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Chains - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99

Index

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134

Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Child restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-29

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH

anchors system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor"

system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Securing a child restraint with a lap belt or

lap/shoulder belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133,7-34

Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

Closing the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-64

Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Consumer assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Cooling fluid, see engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

To set cruise control speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on. . 5-51

To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 20mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Defogging (Windshield). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

Defroster (Rear window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Defrosting (Windshield). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

From outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

From inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Drinks holders, see cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

DRIVE mode (Drive mode integrated control system). . 5-68

Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

DRIVE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

Index

ECO (Active ECO) mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

SPORT mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70

SMART mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70

Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

ECO mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . 5-69

Economical operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92

"Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with HomeLink

system and compass " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Electrical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Electronic power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Emergency fuel filler lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97

Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . 7-97

Exhaust emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98

Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6, 7-3

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Checking the coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Engine start/stop button illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . . 7-97

Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-20

Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Fuel filter (for gasoline). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections. . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Index

Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Air cleaner filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Valve clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Automatic transaxle fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Brake hoses and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Exhaust pipe and muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Suspension mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Drive shafts and boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Air conditioning refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89

Exterior overview (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Exterior overview (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Jack and tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Fog light (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Folding the outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . 7-81

Front seat adjustment (power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58

Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-61

Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Glove box lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Glove box lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Index

Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Hazardous driving conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-79

Headlamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78

Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-78

Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Headlight position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

Headrest (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Important safety precautions(seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Always wear your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Control your speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Keep your vehicle in safe condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Indicator Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Instrument Cluster Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

LCD window Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

LCD windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

Trip information (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

ASCC Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

LDWS Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

Warning and Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94

Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Air ventilation seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Index

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . 4-146

Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Vanity mirror lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Label

Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Lane departure warning system (LDWS). . . . . . . . . . . 5-88

Warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90

Conditions that cause the LDWS not to operate . . . 5-90

Conditions that cause missed warnings and false

warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

Lap/shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

LCD windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

LDWS Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76

Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76

Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

Headlamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-78

Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-78

Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-79

Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-81

Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-81

Side repeater lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Index

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-83

Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84

High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

Map lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

Personal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

Glove box lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-88

Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

Headlight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

High Beam Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-20

Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

Normal Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. . . . . 7-19

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Manual mode - Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

Map lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85

Mechanical key operations(Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

"Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with HomeLink

system and compass " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

Folding the outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

Index

Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Online factory authorized manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

Outside Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Panorama sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Sliding the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Personal lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87

Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement . 7-81

Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Rear curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100

Type of warning sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

Rear seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Rear view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Remote control (outside rear view mirror). . . . . . . . . . 4-62

Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Restrictions in Handling Keys(Smart key). . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Room lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Index

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

Normal Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. . . . . 7-19

Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Lap/shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Seatback pocket (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Front seat adjustment (power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Driver position memory system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Seatback pocket (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Headrest (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor"

system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Securing a child restraint with a lap belt or lap/

shoulder belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors

system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

Shift-lock override - Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56

Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Side repeater lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Smart Blind Spot Detection System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Mechanical key operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Restrictions in Handling Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

SMART mode (Drive mode integrated control system). . 5-70

Smart trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

Spare tire

Removing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Index

Compact spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94

Smooth cornering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

SPORT mode (Drive mode integrated control system). . 5-70

SRS Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

Starting difficulties, see engine will not start. . . . . . . . . 6-4

Starting the engine - With a smart key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Electronic power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-83

Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Sunglass holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Surround view monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Theft-alarm system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99

Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-43

Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Index

Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52

All season tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55

Radial-ply tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

Transaxle - Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Transaxle shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Trip information (Trip computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Non-powered trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Power trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Emergency trunk safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-88

Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

Vehicle break-in process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders. . . . . 1-6

Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105

Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106

Warning and Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Welcome system

Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Welcome system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Index

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

window illumination, see instrument panel

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

windows, see instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146

2017 KIA Cadenza

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

KIA 2017 KIA CADENZA Questions and Answers

Related Products

Vevor HP121 High Pressure Fuel Pump for Kia Hyundai Santa 35320-2G720 35320-2G740

Vevor HP156 High Pressure Fuel Pump for Hyundai Accent/Sonata Tucson Veloster Kia Rio

KIA 2020 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid

KIA 2019 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid

KIA 2018 NIRO HYBRID

KIA 2017 NIRO